Only this pageAll pages
Powered by GitBook
Couldn't generate the PDF for 1454 pages, generation stopped at 100.
Extend with 50 more pages.
1 of 100

OS Downloads

Loading...

Addressing and Location

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Release Notes

Release notes listed here provide information about the current release of the AddressBase 'family' of products and the previous nine releases.

  • The 'AddressBase Products' release notes include information on the AddressBase, AddressBase Plus and AddressBase Premium products.

  • The 'AddressBase Islands' release notes include information on the AddressBase Plus Islands and AddressBase Premium Islands products.

  • AddressBase Core is supplied weekly and its release notes can be found on the .

  • OS Open UPRN release notes can be found on the .

Epoch 115

This release note provides information about the December 2024 (Epoch 115) release of AddressBase products.

This release note provides information about the December 2024 (Epoch 115) release of AddressBase Islands products.

Epoch 114

This release note provides information about the November 2024 (Epoch 114) release of AddressBase products.

This release note provides information about the November 2024 (Epoch 114) release of AddressBase Islands products.

Epoch 113

This release note provides information about the September 2024 (Epoch 113) release of AddressBase products.

This release note provides information about the September 2024 (Epoch 113) release of AddressBase Islands products.

Epoch 112

This release note provides information about the August 2024 (Epoch 112) release of AddressBase products.

This release note provides information about the August 2024 (Epoch 112) release of AddressBase Islands products.

Epoch 111

This release note provides information about the June 2024 (Epoch 111) release of AddressBase products.

This release note provides information about the June 2024 (Epoch 111) release of AddressBase Islands products.

Epoch 110

This release note provides information about the May 2024 (Epoch 110) release of AddressBase products.

This release note provides information about the May 2024 (Epoch 110) release of AddressBase Islands products.

Epoch 109

This release note provides information about the April 2024 (Epoch 109) release of AddressBase products.

This release note provides information about the April 2024 (Epoch 109) release of AddressBase Islands products.

Epoch 108

This release note provides information about the February 2024 (Epoch 108) release of AddressBase products.

This release note provides information about the February 2024 (Epoch 108) release of AddressBase Islands products.

Epoch 107

This release note provides information about the January 2024 (Epoch 107) release of AddressBase products.

This release note provides information about the January 2024 (Epoch 107) release of AddressBase Islands products.

Epoch 106

This release note provides information about the November 2023 (Epoch 106) release of AddressBase products.

This release note provides information about the November 2023 (Epoch 106) release of AddressBase Islands products.

AddressBase Core Principles

The following AddressBase core principles pages provide an overview of the 'family' of AddressBase products. They cover core elements of design for AddressBase products, including data formats, coordinate reference systems, currency, precision, and data sources, amongst other topics.

AddressBase Core Release Notes page
OS Open UPRN Release Notes pages
AddressBase products – December 2024 release note
AddressBase Islands products –December 2024 release note
AddressBase products – November 2024 release note
AddressBase Islands products – November 2024 release note
AddressBase products – September 2024 release note
AddressBase Islands products – September 2024 release note
AddressBase products – August 2024 release note
AddressBase Islands products – August 2024 release note
AddressBase products – June 2024 release note
AddressBase Islands products – June 2024 release note
AddressBase products – May 2024 release note
AddressBase Islands products – May 2024 release note
AddressBase products – April 2024 release note
AddressBase Islands – April 2024 release note
AddressBase products – February 2024 release note
AddressBase Islands – February 2024 release note
AddressBase products – January 2024 release note
AddressBase Islands – January 2024 release note
AddressBase products – November 2023 release note
AddressBase Islands – November 2023 release note

Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN)

  • Coordinate reference systems

  • Classification scheme

  • Data sources

  • Street names and numbering

  • Currency, completeness and precision

  • Product supply

  • Code lists and enumerations

  • These pages should be used in conjunction with the detailed technical specifications for each product (which can be found under the top-level product guide page for each individual product from the left-hand-side menu).

    Release notes
    AddressBase product family
    Future and past publication dates

    Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN)

    The Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) is the persistent identifier providing consistency across the AddressBase products range.

    Each address record has a UPRN, which provides a reference key to join related address records across different datasets.

    Throughout its life cycle, information on the address of a property can change. This may be due to a change of name, change of use, or the eventual demolition of the property. All these changes are reflected against the same UPRN meaning that users are aware that it is the same physical property.

    Please be aware that the UPRN is not the Primary Key for all tables within the AddressBase Premium and AddressBase Premium Islands supply. Please see the relational models in AddressBase Premium structure and AddressBase Premium Islands structure for more information.

    OS Download Products' Documentation

    Explore documentation and guides for OS Premium and OpenData Download products, such as AddressBase Premium, OS MasterMap Topography Layer, Boundary-Line and OS Open Zoomstack.

    What's available on this site?

    This is a self-serve site containing documentation and guides relating to Ordnance Survey (OS) Premium and OpenData Download products available to download through the OS Data Hub.

    The Download products are grouped by portfolio: Addressing and Location, Contextual or Derived, Networks, Topography, Identifiers, and Height.

    On the left-hand-side menu, under each product listing, we've arranged the documents from high-level Overview to low-level Technical Specification. A Getting Started Guide and Release Notes are available for most products. We've also added links to any additional files (for example, CSV header files, stylesheets and XML schemas) available for some products but held on separate OS sites on product-specific 'Downloads' pages.

    There's a Product Announcements page for notable product news, a that details product update schedules, and a , which lists all of the OS data products available to Public Sector Geospatial Agreement (PSGA) Members on an unlimited basis across the downloadable products, APIs and OS National Geographic Database (OS NGD).


    ✨ What's new?


    There are two types of Download data product: OS Premium and OS OpenData.

    What are OS Premium Download data products?

    When we refer to Premium products we mean paid-for datasets – whether they’re paid for by businesses, purchased through an , or accessed free at the point of use under the .

    The OS Premium Download data products are available to download in a range of formats, with a variety of ordering options, through the on our .

    Our Premium Download data products work in a range of software, including ESRI ArcGIS, QGIS, Mapbox, Cadcorp SIS, MapInfo, Tableau, Kepler.gl and many more.

    What are OS OpenData Download products?

    OS OpenData Download products are free to use by anyone for any purpose – including for services from which you make a profit.

    The OS OpenData Download products are available to download in a variety of formats, with a variety of ordering options, through the .


    Download product portfolios


    The terms and conditions on which the OS Premium Download data products are made available can be found via the applicable links on the .

    The terms and conditions on which the OS OpenData Download products are made available are contained within the and can be found via the applicable links under each OS OpenData geospatial dataset available for download from the . The OS copyright attribution statement required under the Open Government Licence can be found in the licence file downloaded with the data from the OS Data Hub.

    AddressbasePostalCode

    This code list is used in association with the attribute addressbasePostalCode/ADDRESSBASE_POSTAL_CODE found on the BLPU table. The code list describes the record as postal or not as defined by Addressbase logic.

    Value
    Description

    StateCode

    This enumeration is used in association with the stateCode/STATE_CODE attribute. This enumeration describes the physical nature of the address record.

    Value
    Description

    D

    A record which is linked to PAF

    N

    Not a postal address

    C

    A record which is postal and has a parent record which is linked to PAF

    L

    A record which is identified as postal based on Local Authority information

    Product Refresh Dates page
    PSGA Product Summary page
    OS Partner
    Public Sector Geospatial Agreement (PSGA)
    OS Data Hub
    Premium, Public Sector and Energy and Infrastructure plans
    OS Data Hub
    legal information pages of the OS Data Hub
    Open Government Licence
    OS Data Hub

    📣 Product Announcements

    A new page detailing any newsworthy announcements for the Download data products.

    Cover

    OS Emergency Services Gazetteer

    A new gazetteer which contains the locations of names, places and objects to support use cases related to the Protection of Life.

    Cover

    OS Multi-modal Routing Network

    A new routable network product which integrates and connects OS road network and routing information, path network and rail network to create a multi-modal routing network.

    Cover

    Addressing and Location

    Cover

    Contextual or Derived Mapping

    Cover

    Networks

    Cover

    Topography

    Cover

    Identifiers

    Cover

    Height and Imagery

    PostcodeTypeCode

    This enumeration is used in association with the postcodeType/POSTCODE_TYPE attribute. This enumeration identifies the code used by Royal Mail to describe the user as a small or large user. This is defined for postal services based on the number of letters delivered to that user.

    Value
    Description

    S

    A small user, for example, a residential property

    L

    A large user, for example, a large commercial company

    Date

    There are many Date columns within the AddressBase product. Where a type format of Date has been used in the above attribute tables, the data will be defined in the following format.

    Value
    Type
    Notes

    2024-10-24

    Date

    Date columns will follow the structure: CCYY-MM-DD

    Planning permission granted

    1

    Under construction

    2

    In use

    3

    Unoccupied / vacant / derelict

    4

    No longer existing

    6

    AddressBase Technical Specification

    This technical specification provides detailed technical information about AddressBase. It is targeted at technical users and software developers.

    AddressBase provides an address product containing both residential and commercial addresses where a Local Authority address has been matched to a Royal Mail PAF address. This allows users to link additional information about a property to a single address. The product also provides enhancements to the Royal Mail PAF data by assigning an X and Y coordinate on British National Grid and an ETRS89 projection, as well as a primary level classification, and a representative point code describing the positional quality.

    This technical specification includes the following sections:

    • Data formats

    • Supply and update

    All AddressBase products include the and are based on same .

    Please see the section for additional information that applies across all AddressBase products.

    Prerequisites

    System requirements

    AddressBase data is an addressing gazetteer that can be used within GIS and database systems. For details of Ordnance Survey’s licensed partners, who can incorporate the AddressBase products in their systems, please see the systems/software page on the Ordnance Survey website.

    Ordnance Survey does not recommend either suppliers or software products as the most appropriate system depends on many factors, such as the amount of data being taken, resources available within the organisation, the existing and planned information technology infrastructure and the applications that AddressBase products can be used for.

    However, as a minimum, the following elements will be required in any system:

    • A means of reading the data, either in its native format, or by translating it into a file format or for storage in a database.

    • A means of storing and distributing the data, perhaps in a database or through a web-based service.

    • A way of visualising and querying the data, typically a GIS.

    Backup provision of the product

    You are advised to copy the supplied data to a backup medium.

    Typical data volumes

    For reading purposes, it is recommended to store the data on a single hard disc. This will speed up the ability of your computer to read the data. Unzipped file sizes for the full supply of each product are as follows:

    Product
    Unzipped CSV file size
    Unzipped GML file size

    Future and past publication dates

    AddressBase, AddressBase Plus, AddressBase Premium and AddressBase Islands are updated every six weeks. This six week period of time is known as an epoch.​

    Our AddressBase products are currently available as a Full Supply or Change-Only Update (COU) for each epoch.​

    Future AddressBase epoch publication dates

    Future dates are provided as an indication only and are subject to change. Data cut dates are estimates; these are given to provide an indication of the last point at which changes will reach the epoch. ​

    As we approach the publication date and prepare to release a new epoch, any new requests placed for data will be paused to ensure data integrity. These requests will be processed as soon as this pause is lifted.

    • (for all AddressBase products bar AddressBase Core) are available from the AddressBase Core Principles pages of this site.

    • AddressBase Core is a weekly supply and information is covered in a separate .

    Past AddressBase epoch publication dates

    Feature types

    This section describes the features (one for CSV and two for GML) which make up the AddressBase product, giving the following information about each attribute.

    AddressBase attribute information

    Name and Definition

    The name of the attribute and what it is describing.

    Condition

    A condition associated with this attribute (optional).

    Attribute Type

    The nature of the attribute, for example a numeric value or a code list value.

    Multiplicity

    Describes how many times this element is expected to be populated in the data. An attribute may be optional or mandatory within the AddressBase product. These are denoted by:

    • ‘1’ – there must be a value.

    • ‘0..1’ – population is optional but a maximum of one attribute will be returned These values may be used in combination.

    AddressBase feature types

    StreetClassificationCode

    This enumeration is used in association with the streetClassification/STREET_CLASSIFICATION attribute found in the Street table. The enumeration provides a value denoting the primary classification of the street record.

    Value
    Description

    4

    Pedestrian way or footpath

    6

    Cycletrack or cycleway

    8

    All vehicles

    9

    AddressBase Islands September 2024 – Epoch 113

    This release note provides information about the September 2024 release of the AddressBase Islands products. These products were released to customers on 26 September 2024.

    Record counts

    Product
    Full Supply Record Count
    Change-Only Update Record Count

    LogicalStatusCode

    This enumeration is used in association with the logicalStatus/LOGICAL_STATUS attribute found in the BLPU and LPI table. This enumeration provides a value to show the lifecycle stage of the address record.

    Value
    Description

    Classification scheme

    The AddressBase Classification Scheme provides varying levels of classification for addressable objects which are captured and maintained by the Local Authorities and Ordnance Survey. This allows searches to be limited on residential or commercial addresses or be more specific to find all the flats or all fast-food outlets. The varying levels of classification are as follows:

    • Primary Level Classification R: Residential C: Commercial

      • Secondary Level Classification RD: Residential Dwelling CH: Hotel/Motel/ Boarding/ Guest House

    StreetSurfaceCode

    This enumeration is used in association with the streetSurface/STREET_SURFACE attribute found in the Street table. This enumeration identifies the surface finish of the street.

    Value
    Description

    RPCCode

    This enumeration is used in association with the rpc/RPC attribute. This enumeration identifies the accuracy value of the coordinates allocated to the address.

    Value
    Description
    Implementation notes

    Code lists and enumerations

    A code list or enumeration is a controlled set of values which can be used to populate a specific column. The code list and enumeration UML models associated with AddressBase are shown in the diagram below.

    AddressBase code lists and enumerations

    • CountryCode

    StreetRecordTypeCode

    This enumeration is used in association with the recordType/RECORD_TYPE attribute found in the Street table. This enumeration identifies the record type of the street record.

    Value
    Description

    AddressBase structure

    AddressBase is structured as a flat file. The data structure in this document is described by means of Unified Modeling Language (UML) class diagrams.

    The AddressBase product is constructed as per the following UML diagrams.

    Model overview CSV

    AddressBase Core Getting Started Guide

    This getting started guide provides instructions for using AddressBase Core in different software applications. Users with limited technical knowledge will be able to follow this guide.

    AddressBase Core is an easy-to-use, accessible addressing data product that gives plug-and-play access to complete and accurate address data. It combines key elements from existing AddressBase products into a simplified product.

    AddressBase Core's primary source of addressing information is Local Authorities who have the statutory responsibility to capture and maintain Great Britain's address data. This ensures that the data is both authentic and authoritative in nature. Records are supplemented with Royal Mail Postal Address File (PAF) information and additional Ordnance Survey information on the usage of the address and unique identifiers that allow links to other OS and third-party datasets. Please read Data sources in AddressBase general for further details.

    AddressBase Core Technical Specification

    This technical specification provides detailed technical information about AddressBase Core. It is targeted at technical users and software developers.

    AddressBase Core is a simple, accessible addressing data product giving Plug and Play access to Great Britain addressing data and additional attribution, without being time-consuming or complex. It provides live addressing records for England, Wales and Scotland based on Local Authority holdings of the Local Land and Property Gazetteer (LLPG). Other attribution includes secondary level classifications (detailing the use and type of an address) and a representative point code describing the positional quality of coordinates.

    This technical specification includes the following sections:

    Working with GML data

    Loading GML

    GML is an XML dialect which can be used to model geographic features. It was designed by the Open Geospatial Consortium (OGC) as a means for people to share information regardless of the applications or technology that they use.

    In the first instance, GML was used to overcome the differences between different GIS applications by providing a neutral file format as an alternative to proprietary formats. Because it is independent of applications, it can also be moved between databases or other types of application, which allows a wider application than just GIS data transfer.

    GML data can be viewed and loaded into a database using software such as Safe FME:

    BLPUStateCode

    This enumeration is used in association with the attribute blpuState/BLPU_STATE. This enumeration describes the physical nature of the address record.

    Value
    Description

    CSV

    Original feature – AddressBase CSV

    COU feature – AddressBase CSV

    AddressBase

    6Gb

    32Gb

    AddressBase Plus

    16Gb

    78Gb

    AddressBase Plus Islands

    450Mb

    2Gb

    Restricted byway

    10

    Bridleway

    BLPU records will not have a logical status value of 3, whereas LPI records can have all of the values expressed above.

    1

    Approved

    3

    Alternative

    6

    Provisional

    8

    Historical

    1

    Metalled

    2

    UnMetalled

    3

    Mixed

    9

    Description used for LLPG Access

    1

    Official designated Street Name

    2

    Street Description

    3

    Numbered Street

    4

    Unofficial Street Description

    100100077917,"osgb1000002283010753",4201646,"","", "","","",166,"","LLANDAFF
    ROAD","CARDIFF","","","CF11 9PX","S",316348.00,177163.00, 50.7268511, -3.5366289, 1,"E","I",2001-05- 10,2001-05-10,2007-08-29,"R"
    100100077917,"osgb1000002283010753",4201646,"","", "","","",166,"","LLANDAFF
    ROAD","CARDIFF","","","CF11 9PX","S",316348.00,177163.00, 50.7268511,- 3.5366289, 2,"E","U",2001-05- 10,2001-05-10,2010-06-04,"R"
    AddressBase Premium structure
    Feature types
    Code lists and enumerations
    CSV to GML mapping
    Example records
    Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN)
    coordinate reference systems
    General AddressBase information
    Address
    AddressBase Supply Set

    Attributes

  • Code lists and enumerations

  • Example records

  • All AddressBase products include the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) and are based on same coordinate reference systems.

    Please see the General AddressBase information section for additional information that applies across all AddressBase products.

    Data formats
    Supply and update
    https://docs.safe.com/fme/html/FME_Desktop_Documentation/FME_ReadersWriters/gml/gml.htm

    RPCCode

  • PostcodeTypeCode

  • ChangeTypeCode

  • UML diagram providing details of the CodeList and Enumerations in the AddressBase product
    UML diagram providing details of the CodeList and Enumerations in the AddressBase product

    USRNMatchIndicatorCode

    This enumeration is used in association with the usrnMatchIndicator/USRN_MATCH_INDICATOR attribute found in the LPI table. This enumeration identifies how the USRN has been allocated to an address record.

    Value
    Description

    1

    Matched manually to the nearest accessible Street.

    2

    Matched spatially to the nearest USRN. Not necessarily the access street.

    4

    Street Location

    The address seed is plotted in accordance with the declared street start or end coordinates.

    Please note this is the highest accuracy possible for Street Records.

    5

    Postcode Unit Position

    The address seed has been captured to Postcode Unit level. It will be updated when more information becomes available.

    9

    Low accuracy – marked for priority review

    This address seed has been captured to a lower level of accuracy and will be updated as a priority over the coming releases.

    1

    Central Internal Position

    The address seed is contained within an OS MasterMap Topography Layer building and within 2.5m of its calculated centre.

    Or

    The seed is in the best possible position based on the nature of the premises, for example, Development Land, House Boat, Wind Farm.

    2

    General Internal Position

    The address seed is contained within an OS MasterMap Topography Layer building but is more than 2.5m away from its calculated centre.

    Or

    The seed is in an internal position based on the nature of the premises, for example, Development Land, House Boat.

    3

    Transitional Position

    The address seed has been changed from provisional to live in the last six months. It has been captured to a high level of positional accuracy, but the OS MasterMap Topography Layer feature is not yet captured.

    Please note the address seed will only be moved pending any imminent mapping updates.

    Planning permission granted

    1

    under construction

    2

    In use

    3

    Unoccupied /vacant/derelict

    4

    No longer existing

    6

    Tertiary Level Classification RD02: Detached House CH01: Boarding/Guest House/ Bed And Breakfast/Youth Hostel

    • Quaternary Level CH01YH: Youth Hostel

    The level of classification varies across all addressable objects and across the different products.

    There are only certain classification codes that extend to the quaternary classification level as shown above. A full list of the classification codes can be found on our Product Support page on the OS website.

    Classification Scheme download

    The full classification scheme is available in CSV and .xlsx formats for download in the following zip file.

    889KB
    addressbase-product-classification-scheme.zip
    archive

    AddressBase Premium Islands

    See rows below

    See rows below

    Street

    48 616

    162

    Street Descriptor

    48 616

    45

    BLPU

    1 235 260

    5 216

    Classification

    1 235 260

    2 378

    LPI

    1 244 828

    3 229

    Organisation

    38 270

    181

    Delivery Point Address

    964 121

    1 018

    Application Cross Ref.

    1 301 334

    3 067

    Successor

    0

    0

    Changed records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase Islands product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following tables detail the count of these records.

    AddressBase Plus Islands

    Change Type
    Count

    Inserts

    1 531

    Updates

    2 916

    Deletes

    256

    AddressBase Premium Islands

    AddressBase Premium Islands Table
    Inserts
    Updates
    Deletes

    Street

    45

    117

    0

    Street Descriptor

    45

    0

    0

    BLPU

    1 523

    3 481

    Source data currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of Epoch 113:

    Data Source

    Date

    Pointer (Northern Ireland)

    22 August 2024

    DigiMap (Channel Islands)

    22 August 2024

    Isle of Man

    21 August 2024

    Royal Mail PAF

    22 August 2024

    Data issues

    AddressBase Plus Islands issues

    There are no reported issues in this release of AddressBase Plus Islands.

    AddressBase Premium Islands issues

    Affected output formats: CSV and GML

    • Street incorrect coordinates – There are two Streets which have incorrect start or end coordinates of 000000. The unique identifiers can be provided upon request through your OS Relationship Manager.

    Next release

    The next release of AddressBase Islands products, Epoch 114, is scheduled for 07 November 2024.

    AddressBase Plus Islands

    1 151 329

    4 703

    AddressBase CSV

    Definition: This address record follows the lifecycle of a Postcode Address File (PAF) record matched to a Local Authority record. As a matched record is inserted, deleted and updated within PAF, these changes are incorporated into the AddressBase product. Similarly, if the matched Local Authority address record updates an attribute contained within the AddressBase product, this change will be reflected.

    The UML model of AddressBase in CSV format can be seen in the UML diagram below; classes from the Ordnance Survey product specification are coloured orange; all code lists are coloured blue, while enumerations are coloured green.

    UML model of AddressBase in CSV format

    UML model showing AddressBase feature types, enumerations and code lists for the CSV supply.

    Model overview GML

    High level data model representing the address relationships (GML).

    AddressBase GML

    Definition: This address record follows the lifecycle of a Postcode Address File (PAF) record matched to a Local Authority record. As a matched record is inserted, deleted and updated within PAF, these changes are incorporated into the AddressBase product. Similarly, if the matched Local Authority address record updates an attribute contained within the AddressBase product, this change will be reflected.

    The UML model of AddressBase in GML format can be seen in the diagram below. In the UML diagram, classes from the Ordnance Survey product specification are orange, all code lists are coloured blue and enumerations are green.

    UML model of AddressBase in GML format

    UML model showing AddressBase feature types, enumerations and code lists for the GML supply.
    High level data model representing the address feature (CSV).
    High level data model representing the address feature (CSV).
    What you need?
    • Access to AddressBase Core data via a Public Sector Plan, Premium Plan, or Energy & Infrastructure plan.

    • Basic technical knowledge of Geographic Information Systems (GIS) and databases.

    Instructions

    These instructions show you how to use AddressBase Core and include:

    • Downloading a dataset

    • Working with CSV data

    • Working with GPKG data

    • Working with COU data

    AddressBase product 'family' release notes
    AddressBase Core release note

    AddressBase Products December 2024 – Epoch 115

    This release note provides information about the December 2024 release of the AddressBase products. These products were released to customers on 19 December 2024.

    Record counts

    Product
    Full Supply Record Count[1]
    Change-Only Update Record Count[2]

    OS OpenUPRN

    40 972 229

    1. These counts are based on a Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS). If you have ordered your national coverage via the online ordering system using a polygon outline, then your counts may differ.

    2. Change-Only Updates are not available for the OS Open UPRN product.

    Product supply comparison

    There is a difference in product counts between taking a national Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS) and a national Area of Interest (AOI). This is because the two supplies use different selection criteria. The differences are shown in the following table, allowing for you to validate your data holdings once you have loaded the latest release of AddressBase data.

    The national AOI refers to the pre-selection GB polygon from our download store. Therefore, if you have drawn your own AOI, the count will vary.

    If you are unsure of your supply type, please check this with your OS Relationship Manager.

    Product
    MGBS Full Count
    National AOI Full Count
    Difference

    Changed records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following tables detail the numbers of these records which can be expected in an MGBS supply,and also how many tiles are affected if you take your supply as Changed Chunks.

    AddressBase

    Change Type
    Count

    AddressBase Plus

    Change Type
    Count

    AddressBase Premium

    AddressBase Premium Table
    Inserts
    Updates
    Updates

    Source data currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of Epoch 115:

    Data Source
    Date

    Data issues

    AddressBase Plus

    Affected output formats: CSV and GML

    • There are 6 552 Unique Property Reference Numbers (UPRNs) which reference a Parent UPRN that cannot be found in the product. This is because the Parent UPRN is either provisional or historic and is not matched to the Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF) or Valuation Office Agency (VOA) record, meaning that it is not included in the AddressBase Plus product as per the existing background logic rules.

    • There are 219 records with a sao_start_no or sao_text that have no Parent UPRN in the product. This is because the Parent UPRN is a historical record which is included as part of the logic for record inclusion in the AddressBase Plus products.

    Improvements in Epoch 115

    Valuation Office Agency matching

    The match rates for Council Tax and Non-Domestic Rates for Epoch 115 are detailed as follows based on Valuation Office Agency (VOA) records up to 11 November 2024. The match rate is applicable to the AddressBase Premium product.

    Data Source
    Records Received
    % Matched

    Tertiary classifications

    Work is being undertaken to improve the classifications of records within the AddressBase products. This work has resulted in 38 207 more tertiary classifications present in Epoch 115 compared to Epoch 114. A total of 88.71% of these tertiary classification improvements are against residential codes.

    PAF matching

    AddressBase, AddressBase Plus and AddressBase Premium

    Increased PAF matches shown in product – 14 102 PAF records had been previously withheld from product due to a processing constraint which omitted UPRNs with multiple candidate PAF matches from showing in product as a one-one match. This was resolved on the 25/10/24.

    The following graph shows the number of Postcode Address File (PAF) matched records in AddressBase by epoch:

    Next release

    The next release of AddressBase products, Epoch 116, is scheduled for 06 February 2025.

    14 January 2025

    This release note provides information about the release of the AddressBase Core product on 14 January 2025.

    Record counts

    Product
    Full Supply record count
    Change-Only Update record count

    AddressBase Core

    34 568 929

    63 177

    These counts are based on a Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS). If you ordered your national coverage via the online ordering system using a polygon outline, your counts may differ.

    Product supply comparison

    There is a difference in record counts between taking a national Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS) and the national 5km-tile supply. This is because the two supplies use different selection criteria. The difference in record counts is shown in the following table, allowing you to validate your data holdings once you have loaded the latest release of AddressBase Core.

    Product
    MGBS Full Count
    National 5km tiled supply
    Difference

    A small difference in record counts is expected due to there being several features supplied in the MGBS which fall outside of the tiled area.

    Changed records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase Core product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following table details the numbers of these records which can be expected in the COU supply of the product:

    Change type
    Count

    Source data currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of this release of AddressBase Core:

    AddressBase Getting Started Guide

    This getting started guide provides instructions for using AddressBase in different software applications. Users with limited technical knowledge will be able to follow this guide.

    These instructions show you how to get started with AddressBase, AddressBase Plus and AddressBase Plus Islands.

    AddressBase products are created by bringing together different address sources:

    • Local Authority Gazetteers across Great Britain, Northern Ireland, the Channel Islands and the Isle of Man

    • Royal Mail PAF data

    • References to Valuation Office Agency (VOA) data

    • Additional addresses and coordinates from Ordnance Survey

    The data is supplied as comma-separated values (CSV) or Geography Markup Language (GML).

    This getting started guide shows you how to obtain a data supply, load and work with AddressBase data. It includes the following sections:

    07 January 2025

    This release note provides information about the release of the AddressBase Core product on 07 January 2025.

    Record counts

    Product
    Full Supply record count
    Change-Only Update record count

    AddressBase Core

    34 552 949

    36 971

    Please note that the Full Supply record count is based on a Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS). If you ordered your national coverage via the online ordering system using a polygon outline, your counts may differ.

    Product supply comparison

    There is a difference in record counts between taking a national Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS) and the national 5km-tile supply. This is because the two supplies use different selection criteria. The difference in record counts is shown in the following table, allowing you to validate your data holdings once you have loaded the latest release of AddressBase Core.

    Product
    MGBS Full Count
    National 5km tiled supply
    Difference

    A small difference in record counts is expected due to there being several features supplied in the MGBS which fall outside of the tiled area.

    Changed records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase Core product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following table details the numbers of these records which can be expected in the COU supply of the product:

    Change type
    Count

    Source data currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of this release of AddressBase Core:

    Data source
    Date

    Example records

    CSV supply

    Original Supply

    UPRN,PARENT_UPRN,UDPRN,USRN,TOID,CLASS,EASTING,NORTHING,LATITUDE,LONGITUDE,RPC,LAST_UPDATE_DATE,SINGLE_LINE_ADDRESS,PO_BOX,ORGANISATION,SUB_BUILDING,BUILDING_NAME,BUILDING_NUMBER,STREET_NAME,LOCALITY,TOWN_NAME,POST_TOWN,ISLAND,P OSTCODE,DELIVERY_POINT_SUFFIX,GSS_CODE,CHANGE_CODE
    200010019924,,52126562,40020087,"osgb1000002682081995","C",437318,115539,50.9380858,-1.4702581,2,2020-01-06,"ORDNANCE SURVEY, 4 ADANAC DRIVE, NURSLING, SOUTHAMPTON, SO16 0AS","","ORDNANCE SURVEY","","","4","ADANAC
    DRIVE","","NURSLING","SOUTHAMPTON","","SO16 0AS","1A","E07000093","I"

    COU Supply

    Changed fields are annotated (underlined).

    AddressBase Islands November 2024 – Epoch 114

    This release note provides information about the November 2024 release of the AddressBase Islands products. These products were released to customers on 07 November 2024.

    Update to the location of AddressBase technical documentation and release notes

    AddressBase family product technical documentation (including technical specifications, release notes, getting started guides, etc.) is now available on the new . This platform is the new central location for all technical documentation for OS Premium and OpenData Download products (such as AddressBase, OS MasterMap Topography Layer, OS Open UPRN, etc.).

    Over the next few months, the old PDFs containing product technical documentation will be removed from the product pages of the OS website and replaced by links to the refreshed documentation on the new platform.

    ; simply navigate to the new platform and click Addressing and location portfolio >

    AddressBase product family

    The AddressBase product family is made up of four products:

    CSV to GML mapping

    The naming of attributes between GML and CSV will be different due to the requirements of the file formats. For convenience the following table maps the CSV attribute name to the GML attribute name.

    CSV
    GML

    12 November 2024

    This release note provides information about the release of the AddressBase Core product on 12 November 2024.

    Record counts

    Product
    Full Supply record count[*]
    Change-Only Update record count

    19 November 2024

    This release note provides information about the release of the AddressBase Core product on 19 November 2024.

    Record counts

    Product
    Full Supply record count0F[*]
    Change-Only Update record count

    UPRN,PARENT_UPRN,UDPRN,USRN,TOID,CLASS,EASTING,NORTHING,LATITUDE,LONGITUDE,RPC,LAST_UPDATE_DATE,SINGLE_LINE_ADDRESS,PO_BOX,ORGANISATION,SUB_BUILDING,BUILDING_NAME,BUILDING_NUMBER,STREET_NAME,LOCALITY,TOWN_NAME,POST_TOWN,ISLAND,P OSTCODE,DELIVERY_POINT_SUFFIX,GSS_CODE,CHANGE_CODE
    200010019924,,52126562,40020087,"osgb1000002682081995","CO",437318,115539,50.9380858,-1.4702581,1,2020-01-06,"ORDNANCE SURVEY, 4 ADANAC DRIVE, NURSLING, SOUTHAMPTON, SO16 0AS","","ORDNANCE SURVEY","","","4","ADANAC
    DRIVE","","NURSLING","SOUTHAMPTON","","SO16 0AS","1A","E07000093","U"
    Working with tiled data

    Working with COU data

  • Creating a single-line or multi-line address

  • Searching for addresses

  • Prerequisites
    Data supply
    Working with CSV data
    Working with GML data
    UML model showing AddressBase feature types, enumerations and code lists for the CSV supply.
    High level data model representing the address relationships (GML).
    UML model showing AddressBase feature types, enumerations and code lists for the GML supply.

    DEPARTMENT_NAME

    departmentName

    PO_BOX_NUMBER

    poBoxNumber

    SUB_BUILDING_NAME

    subBuildingName

    BUILDING_NAME

    buildingName

    BUILDING_NUMBER

    buildingNumber

    DEPENDENT_THOROUGHFARE

    dependentThoroughfare

    THOROUGHFARE

    thoroughfare

    POST_TOWN

    postTown

    DOUBLE_DEPENDENT_LOCALITY

    doubleDependentLocality

    DEPENDENT_LOCALITY

    dependentLocality

    POSTCODE

    postcode

    POSTCODE_TYPE

    postcodeType

    X_COORDINATE

    position

    Y_COORDINATE

    LATITUDE

    positionLatLong

    LONGITUDE

    RPC

    rpc

    COUNTRY

    country

    CHANGE_TYPE

    changeType

    LA_START_DATE

    laStartDate

    RM_START_DATE

    rmStartDate

    LAST_UPDATE_DATE

    lastUpdateDate

    CLASS

    class

    UPRN

    uprn

    OS_ADDRESS_TOID

    osAddressTOID

    UDPRN

    udprn

    ORGANISATION_NAME

    organisationName

    Street

    1,511,490

    1,511,487

    3

    Street Descriptor

    1,635,237

    1,635,234

    3

    BLPU

    40,972,229

    40,972,204

    25

    Classification

    44,804,485

    44,804,460

    25

    LPI

    46,177,196

    46,177,170

    26

    Organisation

    1,410,649

    1,410,647

    2

    Delivery Point Address

    30,726,626

    30,726,626

    0

    Application Cross Ref.

    198,600,667

    198,600,642

    25

    Successor

    0

    0

    0

    Classification

    49,447

    77,489

    29,676

    LPI

    54,934

    88,243

    12,657

    Organisation

    4,697

    4,318

    15,072

    Delivery Point Address

    48,355

    15,438

    11,323

    Application Cross Ref.

    203,570

    460,627

    71,127

    OS MasterMap Highways Network

    07 November 2024

    Code-Point with Polygons

    01 October 2024

    Boundary-Line

    02 October 2024

    N/A

    AddressBase

    30,618,207

    160,698

    AddressBase Plus

    38,215,982

    567,209

    AddressBase Premium

    See rows below

    See rows below

    Street

    1,511,490

    8,819

    Street Descriptor

    1,635,237

    3,827

    BLPU

    40,972,229

    351,639

    Classification

    44,804,485

    156,612

    LPI

    46,177,196

    155,834

    Organisation

    1,410,649

    24,087

    Delivery Point Address

    30,726,626

    75,116

    Application Cross Ref.

    198,600,667

    735,324

    Successor

    0

    0

    AddressBase

    30 618 207

    30 618 207

    0

    AddressBase Plus

    38 215 982

    38 215 961

    21

    AddressBase Premium

    See rows below

    See rows below

    Inserts

    52 317

    Updates

    92 108

    Deletes

    16 273

    COU Populated Tile Count

    5 743

    Inserts

    47 492

    Updates

    498 918

    Deletes

    20 799

    COU Populated Tile Count

    7 094

    Street

    1,175

    6,933

    711

    Street Descriptor

    1,225

    1,891

    711

    BLPU

    40,941

    299,115

    Royal Mail PAF

    14 November 2024

    National Land and Property Gazetteer

    14 November 2024

    One Scotland Gazetteer

    28 October 2024

    VOA Non-Domestic Rates

    11 November 2024

    VOA Council Tax

    11 November 2024

    OS MasterMap Topography Layer

    05 November 2024

    Council tax

    27 201 555

    99.92

    Non-domestic rates

    2 119 490

    96.49

    A graph showing the number of Postcode Address File (PAF) matched records in AddressBase by epoch starting from 30,353,039 in Epoch 102 and rising linearly to 30,726,641 in epoch 115.
    A graph showing the number of Postcode Address File (PAF) matched records in AddressBase by epoch.

    See rows below

    11,583

    AddressBase Core Principles
    >
    Release Notes
    . Static PDF release notes for the AddressBase products will be replaced by digital release notes on the new platform over the next few months.

    Record counts

    Product
    Full Supply Record Count
    Change-Only Update Record Count

    AddressBase Plus Islands

    1 152 075

    7 952

    AddressBase Premium Islands

    See rows below

    See rows below

    Street

    48 646

    151

    Street Descriptor

    48 646

    Changed records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase Islands product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following tables detail the count of these records.

    AddressBase Plus Islands

    Change Type
    Count

    Inserts

    869

    Updates

    6960

    Deletes

    123

    AddressBase Premium Islands

    AddressBase Premium Islands Table
    Inserts
    Updates
    Deletes

    Street

    30

    121

    0

    Street Descriptor

    30

    0

    0

    BLPU

    619

    8 444

    Source data currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of Epoch 114:

    Data Source
    Date

    Pointer (Northern Ireland)

    30 September 2024

    DigiMap (Channel Islands)

    03 October 2024

    Isle of Man

    03 October 2024

    Royal Mail PAF

    03 October 2024

    Data issues

    AddressBase Plus Islands issues

    There are no reported issues in this release of AddressBase Plus Islands.

    AddressBase Premium Islands issues

    Affected output formats: CSV and GML

    • Street incorrect coordinates – There are two Streets which have incorrect start or end coordinates of 000000. The unique identifiers can be provided upon request through your OS Relationship Manager.

    Next release

    The next release of AddressBase Islands products, Epoch 115, is scheduled for 19 December 2024.

    OS Download Products’ Documentation Platform
    Release notes for AddressBase products are available on the new platform

    AddressBase Premium

    AddressBase products are created by bringing together different address sources:

    • Local Authority Gazetteers for England, Wales and Scotland

    • Royal Mail PAF data

    • References to Valuation Office Agency (VOA) data

    • Additional addresses and coordinates from Ordnance Survey

    This information is managed by GeoPlace under a joint venture partnership between Local Government Association and Ordnance Survey (OS). Scottish Local Authority address information is supplied to GeoPlace under licence between Ordnance Survey and the Improvement Service supported by the Scottish Government.

    Ordnance Survey is responsible for customer management, sales, marketing and distribution of the AddressBase products.

    Comparison of AddressBase products

    This comparison table highlights the similarities and differences between the AddressBase products

    AddressBase
    AddressBase Core
    AddressBase Plus
    AddressBase Premium

    UPRN

    Local Authority current address

    Product summaries

    The four AddressBase products have been designed to meet distinct customer requirements. The source data is collated, verified and quality assured by GeoPlace.

    AddressBase Premium

    AddressBase Premium provides the most detailed view of an address and its life cycle for England, Wales and Scotland. It has approximately 40 million addresses as it records an address from creation through to retirement. All address records are provided with a Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN).

    There are over 100 million cross-references which include references to VOA data and products such as OS MasterMap Topography Layer and OS Highways Layer are also included.

    The product contains Local Authority, Ordnance Survey and Royal Mail addresses. This includes alternative addresses for current records where available, indicating variations on the official addresses and/or addresses in different languages (Welsh or Gaelic); as well as including provisional addresses (proposed planning developments), and historic information (demolished properties) where available. Other addresses known as Objects Without a Postal Address (OWPAs) are also included in AddressBase Premium, these include places of worship, community centres and utilities.

    AddressBase Core

    AddressBase Core is a new addition to the addressing portfolio, which was released in July 2020.

    AddressBase Core takes many of the important elements from the other AddressBase products, such as coordinates, classification and cross-references to connect address information to other products via key identifiers.

    AddressBase Core's primary source of addressing information is Local Authority data from the National Land and Property Gazetteer (NLPG) and One Scotland Gazetteer (OSG). They have the legal responsibility to capture and maintain address data for Great Britain, so you are assured of its authenticity and legal nature.

    Address information is provided in an easy-to-use format alongside a single line attribute which concatenates all the address elements into what you would expect to see on an envelope. It is updated weekly and is offered in an easier to digest format to make the product as easy to access and use as possible.

    Customers have asked for easy file formats, so CSV and GeoPackage are available for this product, with headers included – removing the need for any post-processing. Simply load, or drag and drop into a GIS package to start analysing.

    AddressBase Plus

    AddressBase Plus contains current properties using addresses sourced from Local Authorities, Ordnance Survey and Royal Mail for England, Wales and Scotland. The product currently contains approximately 37 million records.

    The product contains all current addresses validated from Local Custodians and non-postal addresses such as ponds, electricity sub-stations and telephone boxes are also included.

    The product enables the end-user to locate an address or property on a map using either X, Y coordinates supplied on a British National Grid or Latitude and Longitude coordinates provided on an ETRS89 projection, and display the Local Authority address elements or the Royal Mail address elements where matched.

    AddressBase

    AddressBase provides a current view of all Royal Mail PAF addresses that have been matched to the NLPG and OSG . The product provides Royal Mail attribution as well as enhancing PAF with X and Y coordinates on the British National Grid and ETRS89 coordinate reference system and providing the classification of an address to a primary level (see the classification scheme page for further details on classification levels). It also provides a primary level classification.

    This product will provide you with a single view of an address, allow you to locate this address on a map to give you a geographic view and carry out primary analysis on the function of the address to determine, for example, residential from commercial properties.

    AddressBase
    AddressBase Core
    AddressBase Plus
    *These counts are based on a Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS). If you ordered your national coverage via the online ordering system using a polygon outline, your counts may differ.

    Product supply comparison

    There is a difference in record counts between taking a national Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS) and the national 5km-tile supply. This is because the two supplies use different selection criteria. The difference in record counts is shown in the following table, allowing you to validate your data holdings once you have loaded the latest release of AddressBase Core.

    Product
    MGBS Full Count
    National 5km tiled supply
    Difference

    AddressBase Core

    34 526 145

    34 526 138

    7

    A small difference in record counts is expected due to there being several features supplied in the MGBS which fall outside of the tiled area.

    Changed records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase Core product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following table details the numbers of these records which can be expected in the COU supply of the product:

    Change type

    Count

    Inserts

    10 471

    Updates

    75 416

    Deletes

    11 074

    COU populated 5km tile count

    2 725

    Source data currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of this release of AddressBase Core:

    Data source
    Date

    Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF)

    08 November 2024

    National Land and Property Gazetteer

    08 November 2024

    One Scotland Gazetteer

    28 October 2024

    OS MasterMap Topography Layer

    05 September 2024

    AddressBase Core

    34 526 145

    88 612

    *These counts are based on a Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS). If you ordered your national coverage via the online ordering system using a polygon outline, your counts may differ.

    Product supply comparison

    There is a difference in record counts between taking a national Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS) and the national 5km-tile supply. This is because the two supplies use different selection criteria. The difference in record counts is shown in the following table, allowing you to validate your data holdings once you have loaded the latest release of AddressBase Core.

    Product
    MGBS Full Count
    National 5km tiled supply
    Difference

    AddressBase Core

    34 530 184

    34 530 177

    7

    A small difference in record counts is expected due to there being several features supplied in the MGBS which fall outside of the tiled area.

    Changed records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase Core product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following table details the numbers of these records which can be expected in the COU supply of the product:

    Change type
    Count

    Inserts

    6 365

    Updates

    19 317

    Deletes

    2 326

    COU populated 5km tile count

    2 760

    Source data currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of this release of AddressBase Core:

    Data source
    Date

    Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF)

    15 November 2024

    National Land and Property Gazetteer

    15 November 2024

    One Scotland Gazetteer

    28 October 2024

    OS MasterMap Topography Layer

    05 September 2024

    AddressBase Core

    34 530 184

    28 008

    212

    Classification

    1 523

    643

    212

    LPI

    1 587

    1 430

    212

    Organisation

    53

    25

    103

    Delivery Point Address

    605

    293

    120

    Application Cross Ref.

    1 538

    1 261

    268

    Successor

    0

    0

    0

    AddressBase Core

    34 568 929

    34 568 922

    7

    Inserts

    6 644

    Updates

    54 392

    Deletes

    2 141

    COU populated 5km tile count

    2 983

    Data source

    Date

    Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF)

    10 January 2025

    National Land and Property Gazetteer

    10 January 2025

    One Scotland Gazetteer

    09 December 2024

    OS MasterMap Topography Layer

    28 November 2024

    AddressBase Core

    34 552 949

    34 552 942

    7

    Inserts

    7 413

    Updates

    27 367

    Deletes

    2 191

    COU populated 5km tile count

    3 219

    Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF)

    03 January 2025

    National Land and Property Gazetteer

    03 January 2025

    One Scotland Gazetteer

    09 December 2024

    OS MasterMap Topography Layer

    28 November 2024

    Product supply

    Available supply formats

    All four of the AddressBase products are available as Comma-Separated Value (CSV) files. AddressBase, AddressBase Plus and AddressBase Premium are also available as Geography Markup Language (GML). AddressBase Core is also available as a GeoPackage.

    Comma-Separated Values (CSV)

    Comma-separated value (CSV) files are a delimited text file that use commas or other characters to separate individual elements of a feature. It is used to store data, often in the form of a table. These tables can be freely loaded into databases and programs allowing for the easy loading and updating of data holdings.

    The supply of AddressBase products in the CSV format means:

    • There will be one record per line in each file.

    • Fields will be separated by commas.

    • Character strings will be encapsulated with double quotation marks.

    • No comma will be placed at the end of each row in the file.

    For AddressBase Core the first line of the CSV file will be the Header row. Other AddressBase products have a separate Header file that is available on the product support page and can be combined with the data to give a structure tabular view. Instructions to do this are provided in the relevant Getting Started Guides on the Product Support pages.

    Geography Markup Language (GML) version 3.2

    The Geography Markup Language (GML) Encoding standard is an Extensible Markup Language (XML) grammar for expressing geographical features. XML schemas are used to define and validate the format and content of GML. The XML specifications that GML is based on are available from the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) website: More information can be found in the Open Geospatial Consortium (OGC) document, Geography Markup Language v3.2.1.

    The GML 3.2 specification provides a set of schemas that define the GML feature constructs and geometric types. These are designed to be used as a basis for building application-specific schemas, which define the data content.

    More information on the XML schemas can be found in the product technical specification.

    GeoPackage

    GeoPackage (GPKG) is an open, standards-based data format as defined by the Open Geospatial Consortium (OGC). It is designed to be a lightweight format that can contain large amounts of varied and complex data in a single, easy-to-distribute and ready-to-use file. Please be advised that older versions of GIS software may need updating before being able to display and interact with GeoPackage files.

    GeoPackage offers the following benefits:

    • The single file is easy to transfer and offers the end-user a rich experience.

    • Attribute names are not limited in length making it user-friendly.

    • No file size limit so lots of data can be easily accommodated.

    • Supports raster, vector and database formats making it a highly versatile solution.

    Supply media and file structure

    AddressBase products incorporate a web-based ordering system that allows customers to order initial data supply and updates, obtain price estimates and view details of their data holdings on demand.

    AddressBase products can be ordered via DVD or Secure File Transfer Protocol (SFTP).

    AddressBase Core is provided as a single file which will contain all records regardless of format and supply option: full supply or COU.

    The AddressBase, AddressBase Plus and AddressBase Premium products have been split into chunks of smaller data. The primary supply mechanism is referred to as non-geographic chunks. This is the main mechanism for the delivery of data.

    Public Sector Geospatial Agreement (PSGA) customers are able to order all AddressBase products via geographic chunks (5km tiles). Address records are provided in individual files, which represent each 5km tile ordered.

    Non-geographic chunking

    Non-geographic chunking is a way of dividing up data into chunks that are supplied in separate volumes that have a fixed maximum number of records, as opposed to a given geographic National Grid area. For this reason, it is possible for features from various geographic locations to appear in one volume and for adjacent features to appear in different volumes.

    Non-geographic chunk volumes are designed to be loaded into spatial databases, but can be used in a file format as long as all chunks are translated or imported into the system at the same time.

    CSV files can supply a maximum of one million complete address records within one volume, when this limit is reached, a new volume will be started.

    For the GML supply a maximum of 200 000 features will be provided in one volume before the next one is started.

    Geographic chunking

    For data that is supplied in 5km-by-5km chunks, the file name will reference the 1km tile in the south-west corner of the 5km tile.

    Based on your area of interest (AOI), for example the boundary of your local authority, a 5km-by-5km grid covering the area of interest is generated.

    All features within each 5km grid that intersects the AOI are added to a geographic chunk file. Geographic chunking is performed using the standard Ordnance Survey National Grid.

    Coverage

    AddressBase products provide address data for England, Wales and Scotland.

    National sets

    A national set of AddressBase, known as a Managed GB Set (MGBS) service is a way of processing identical orders faster, which improves delivery times. All records within England, Wales and Scotland will be provided. If you are signed up to an MGBS service you will benefit from:

    • Data arriving faster and in a more predictable manner.

    • Seeing the same version of features as other organisations.

    • Easier data management – no need to manage your order beyond signing up.

    For Public Sector Geospatial Agreement (PSGA) customers, MGBS will be supplied as geographic or non-geographic chunks. For non-PSGA users, MGBS will be supplied as non-geographic chunks.

    Customer defined areas of interest

    Customers may provide their own area of interest (AOI) in any standard GIS format.

    You can supply us with a polygon or you can digitise a polygon within our online ordering service.

    Product updates

    Customers are able to take a full supply for all AddressBase products. An easier way to manage the addressing data which each product release is to take change-only updates (COU)

    Full Supply

    A Full Supply is a resupply of all addressable features in each product each time it is released. This may require you to delete to current holding and replace this with the newly supplied product on each product refresh.

    AddressBase Core in GeoPackage format is only available as a Full Supply each week.

    COU

    Change-only update (COU) is a supply of features which have been created, changed or deleted in a customer’s area of interest since their last supply.

    Any feature which has not undergone one of the above changes since a customer’s last supply will not be supplied as part of a COU.

    COU will be supplied on a weekly basis for AddressBase Core CSV or a six-weekly basis for AddressBase, AddressBase Plus and AddressBase Premium.

    A Geographic chunked COU is not supplied as per the Non-Geographic chunked COU outlined above. For a specified 5km tile, all features within the tile will be supplied should any of the individual features change.

    This means the user will need to remove all features that previously existed in the provided tile(s) and insert the entire new tile(s) in its place.

    AddressBase Core

    Local Authority data is at the heart of AddressBase Core. This data provides you with a complete address product; access to over 33 million addresses each unique referenced with the Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) and property level coordinates.

    This product is updated weekly.

    AddressBase Core takes many of the important elements from the other AddressBase products, such as coordinates, classification and cross-references to connect address information to other products via key identifiers.

    AddressBase Core's primary source of addressing information is Local Authority data from the National Land and Property Gazetteer (NLPG) and One Scotland Gazetteer (OSG). They have the legal responsibility to capture and maintain address data for Great Britain, so you are assured of its authenticity and legal nature.

    Address information is provided in an easy-to-use format alongside a single line attribute which concatenates all the address elements into what you would expect to see on an envelope. It is updated weekly and is offered in an easier to digest format to make the product as easy to access and use as possible.

    AddressBase Islands May 2024 – Epoch 110

    This release note provides information about the May 2024 release of the AddressBase Islands products. These products were released to customers on 16 May 2024.

    Record Counts

    Product
    Full Supply Record Count
    Change-Only Update Record Count

    Data formats

    The AddressBase product will be distributed as a comma-separated values (CSV) file or Geography Markup Language (GML) version 3.2. Both of these formats can either be supplied as a full supply or a change-only update (COU) supply.

    CSV

    The CSV supply of AddressBase means:

    • There will be one record per line in each file.

    05 November 2024

    This release note provides information about the release of the AddressBase Core product on 05 November 2024.

    Record counts

    Product
    Full Supply record count[*]
    Change-Only Update record count

    Working with COU data

    All AddressBase products are available as a full supply or a Change Only Update (COU).

    A COU means you will only be supplied with the features which have changed since your last supply.

    The following sub-sections provide guidance on how you could potentially manage a COU supply of AddressBase Core using PostgreSQL.

    • Where angle brackets (<>) are used, you should be replace the entire string with your content. For example:

      Becomes:

    ChangeTypeCode

    This enumeration is used in association with the attribute ChangeType/CHANGE_TYPE. This enumeration identifies the type of change that has been made to a feature.

    Value
    Description

    PAF Address – Royal Mail addresses

    PAF UDPRN – Royal Mail’s delivery reference system

    Single line address

    Simple classification

    Advanced classification

    Cross-reference with third party datasets

    Alternate addresses

    Lifecycle data

    I

    Insert

    U

    Update

    D

    Delete

    Records will be terminated by Carriage Return/Line Feed.

    It is an OGC Standard.

  • In most cases, it is a Plug and Play format.

  • http://www.w3.org.
    https://www.ordnancesurvey.co.uk/business-government/tools-support/orders

    AddressBase Downloads

    Header files

    The header files for AddressBase are available for download from the AddressBase product page of the OS website.

    Code lists and enumerations

    A code list is a controlled set of allowable labels or codes represented as an alphanumeric attribute. The sub-pages in this section show the code lists used within the AddressBase 'family' of products. Some of the code lists apply to attributes of multiple feature types, whereas others will only apply to attributes of one feature type.

    Street names and numbering

    A critical step in the creation of an address is undertaken within each Local Authority by the dedicated Street Name and Numbering (SNN) custodian and the Scottish Local Street Gazetteer (LSG) custodians, who allocates the official street name and building information.

    The SNN/LSG custodian has a statutory obligation to provide SNN/LSG information for all addresses within their administrative area. Once the SNN/LSG custodian has fulfilled their statutory obligation for initial capture, the LLPG/OSG custodian will maintain the address for the life of the address record.

    The official street name and building information for new properties captured by the SNN/LSG custodians is provided to Royal Mail who then allocate a postcode to the address.

    Customers have asked for easy file formats, so CSV and GeoPackage are available for this product, with headers included – removing the need for any post-processing. Simply load, or drag and drop into a GIS package to start analysing.

    Approved addressing records

    AddressBase Core provides approved addressing records for England, Wales and Scotland based on Local Authority holdings of the National Land and Property Gazetteer (NLPG) and One Scotland Address Gazetteer (OSG). Other attribution includes property-level coordinates and secondary level classifications (detailing the use and type of an address).

    Property classification

    Through property classification attributes, you can quickly understand, locate and perform analysis on the type of addresses you want to interact with.

    Property classification

    Making the most of the property classification attributes, you can quickly understand, locate and perform analysis on the type of addresses you want to interact with.

    Easy cross-referencing

    AddressBase Core makes it easier to locate, match and gain insights from other location data with the benefit of having  key identifiers referenced throughout. The Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN), Unique Street Reference Number (USRN) and Topographic Identifier (TOID) allow users to reference to other OS products.

    • Access: Download

    • Data theme: Address

    • Data structure: Vector – Points

    • Coverage: Great Britain

    Advantage of AddressBase Core over other AddressBase products

    AddressBase Core takes many of the high importance items from the other AddressBase products, such as coordinates, classifications (type of address) and links to other important identifiers; but it also includes a single attribute for an address line, is updated weekly, and is offered in an easier to digest format to make the product as easy to access and use as possible.

    Properties yet to be built or have been demolished

    How to get this product

    Access to this product is free for Public Sector Geospatial Agreement (PSGA) Members. Find out if you are a PSGA Member or download a sample of AddressBase Core data by accessing the AddressBase Core product page on the OS website, which has with links to all of the relevant resources. Alternatively, you can try out the full product by applying for a Data Exploration license.

    Representation of AddressBase Core data showing several types of address classifications clustered in a single area
    Representation of AddressBase Core data showing several types of address classifications.

    AddressBase Premium Islands

    See rows below

    See rows below

    Street

    48 509

    177

    Street Descriptor

    48 509

    39

    BLPU

    1 231 869

    6 886

    Classification

    1 231 869

    4 164

    LPI

    1 241 281

    5 197

    Organisation

    39 020

    523

    Delivery Point Address

    963 042

    846

    Application Cross Ref.

    1 298 058

    2 522

    Successor

    0

    0

    Changed Records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase Islands product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following tables detail the count of these records.

    AddressBase Plus Islands

    Change Type
    Count

    Inserts

    1 688

    Updates

    4 057

    Deletes

    515

    AddressBase Premium Islands

    AddressBase Premium Islands Table
    Inserts
    Updates
    Deletes

    Street

    35

    141

    1

    Street Descriptor

    35

    3

    1

    BLPU

    1 283

    5 369

    Source Data Currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of Epoch 110:

    Data Source
    Date

    Pointer (Northern Ireland)

    10 April 2024

    DigiMap (Channel Islands)

    11 April 2024

    Isle of Man

    11 April 2024

    Royal Mail PAF

    11 April 2024

    Data Issues

    AddressBase Plus Islands Issues

    There are no reported issues in this release of AddressBase Plus Islands.

    AddressBase Premium Islands issues

    Affected output formats: CSV and GML

    • Street incorrect coordinates – There are two Streets which have incorrect start or end coordinates of 000000. The unique identifiers can be provided upon request through your OS Relationship Manager.

    Next Release

    The next release of AddressBase Islands products, Epoch 111, is scheduled for 27 June 2024.

    AddressBase Plus Islands

    1 148 297

    6 260

    Fields will be separated by commas.

  • String fields will be delimited by double quotes.

  • No comma will be placed at the end of each row in the file.

  • Records will be terminated by Carriage Return / Line Feed.

  • Double quotes inside strings will be escaped by doubling.

  • Where a field has no value in a record, two commas will be placed together in the record (one for the end of the previous field and one for the end of the null field). Where the null field is a text field double quotes will be included between the two commas, for example - , “”,

    AddressBase CSV data will be transferred using Unicode encoded in UTF-8. Unicode includes all the characters in ISO-8859-14 (Welsh characters). Some accented characters are encoded differently.

    The transfer will normally be in a single file, but the data can be split into multiple files using volume numbers. Most files will only be split where there are more than one million records.

    The header row for the CSV is supplied separately and can be downloaded from the product support pages.

    GML

    The GML Encoding standard is an Extensible Markup Language (XML) grammar for expressing geographical features. XML schemas are used to define and validate the format and content of GML. The XML specifications that GML is based on are available from the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) website: http://www.w3.org. More information can be found in the Open Geospatial Consortium (OGC) document, Geography Markup Language v3.2.1: https://portal.ogc.org/files/?artifact_id=20509. The GML 3.2.1 specification provides a set of schemas that define the GML feature constructs and geometric types. These are designed to be used as a basis for building application-specific schemas, which define the data content.

    A GML document is described using a GML Schema. The AddressBase schema document (addressbase.xsd), defines the features in AddressBase GML.

    It imports the GML 3.2.1 schemas which rely on XML as defined by W3C at: http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace.html.

    The application schema uses the following XML namespaces, for which definitions are available as given here:

    Prefix
    Namespace Identifier
    Definition available at

    gml

    xsi

    Built into XML –

    xlink

    Xlink –

    Information about Unicode and UTF-8, the character encoding we have chosen, is available on the Unicode Consortium website: http://www.unicode.org/.

    Features

    Each feature within the AddressBaseSupplySet:FeatureCollection is encapsulated in the following member element according to its feature type:

    Member Element
    Feature Type

    <abpl:addressMember>

    Address

    The UPRN of the feature is provided in the XML attribute of the gml:id

    See the example records page for specific GML examples.

    Envelope

    In the GML supply you can determine the extent of your supply by the <gml: Envelope>. For example:

    <abpl:addressMember>
    <abpl:Address gml:id=”uk.geoplace.uprn.1000011535314”>
    ………………..
    </abpl:Addrress>
    </abpl:addressMember>
    <gml:boundedBy>
    <gml:Envelope srsName=”urn:ogc:def:crs:EPSG::27700”>
    <gml:lowerCorner>82643.6 5333.6</gml:lowerCorner>
    <gml:upperCorner>655989 657599.5</gml:upperCorner>
    </gml:Envelope>
    </gml:boundedBy>
    *These counts are based on a Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS). If you ordered your national coverage via the online ordering system using a polygon outline, your counts may differ.

    Product supply comparison

    There is a difference in record counts between taking a national Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS) and the national 5km-tile supply. This is because the two supplies use different selection criteria. The difference in record counts is shown in the following table, allowing you to validate your data holdings once you have loaded the latest release of AddressBase Core.

    Product
    MGBS Full Count
    National 5km tiled supply
    Difference

    AddressBase Core

    34 518 399

    34 518 392

    7

    A small difference in record counts is expected due to there being several features supplied in the MGBS which fall outside of the tiled area.

    Changed records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase Core product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following table details the numbers of these records which can be expected in the COU supply of the product:

    Change type
    Count

    Inserts

    6 952

    Updates

    36 796

    Deletes

    11 074

    COU populated 5km tile count

    4 362

    Known issues

    There has been one new issue identified in this release of AddressBase Core. A Scottish record has been incorrectly matched to a Royal Mail record. As a result of this, the Scottish record (UPRN = 35030393) has been incorrectly assigned a ‘POST_TOWN’ value of ‘NEWCASTLE’ and incorrect ‘POSTCODE’ of ‘BT33 0GT’. The nine other addresses on this street remain unaffected.

    Source data currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of this release of AddressBase Core:

    Data source
    Date

    Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF)

    01 November 2024

    National Land and Property Gazetteer

    01 November 2024

    One Scotland Gazetteer

    28 October 2024

    OS MasterMap Topography Layer

    05 September 2024

    AddressBase Core

    34 518 399

    54 822

    If referencing a schema, <schema_name>, can be placed in front of any <table_name>, for example:

    Types of change

    At a high level, there are three types of change found within COU:

    • Deletes (CHANGE_TYPE ‘D’) are objects that have ceased to exist in the product since the last product refresh.

    • Inserts (CHANGE_TYPE ‘I’) are objects that have been newly inserted into the product since the last product refresh.

    • Updates (CHANGE_TYPE ‘U’) are objects that have been updated in the product since the last product refresh.

    High-level COU implementation model

    High-level COU implementation model diagram

    High-level COU implementation model with archiving

    Before a COU is applied, there may be a business requirement to archive existing address records. The diagram below shows how to implement archiving with an AddressBase Core COU within a database.

    High-level COU implementation model with archiving diagram

    Applying COU to tables

    Within AddressBase Core there will be no records with the same UPRN. You can test this by checking the number of records that have the same UPRN. The following SQL query notifies you of any duplicates.

    This query should return 0 rows, and this confirms that there are no duplicates. As there are no duplicate records, we can use the UPRN to apply the COU.

    With archiving

    Where there is a business requirement to keep the records that are being Updated and Deleted in a separate archive table, the following SQL will create an Archive Table. It will populate with records that are being Updated and Deleted from the live AddressBase Core table.

    The following commands create an archive table of the records that are being updated and deleted from the existing table, for example, addressbase_core_archive.

    1. Use the steps in Working with CSV data > Loading AddressBase Core into a database to load the COU CSV into a new or existing table, for example, addressbase_core_cou.

    2. If this table already exists, you can use INSERT INTO <abcore_archive_table_name>, rather than CREATE TABLE <abcore_archive_table_name> AS.

      CREATE TABLE <abcore_archive_table_name> AS SELECT * FROM <master_abcore_table_name> WHERE uprn IN (SELECT uprn FROM <abcore_cou_table_name> WHERE change_code != 'I');
    3. The following commands deletes the records from the existing table, which are either updates or deletions.

    4. The following command inserts the new insert records and the new updated records into the live BLPU table.

    5. You can check that this has been successful by re-checking that there are no duplicate UPRNs.

    Without archiving

    If there is no requirement for archiving, follow these steps:

    1. Use the steps in Working with CSV data > Loading AddressBase Core into a database to load the COU CSV into a new or existing table, for example, addressbase_core_cou.

    2. Now, delete the existing records that will be updated, for example, Updates and Deletions.

      DELETE FROM <master_abcore_table_name>
      WHERE uprn IN (SELECT uprn FROM <abcore_cou_table_name> WHERE change_code != 'I');
    3. Insert the new updated records.

      INSERT INTO <master_abcore_table_name>
      SELECT * FROM <abcore_cou_table_name> WHERE change_code != 'D';
    4. You can check that this has been successful by re-checking that there are no duplicate UPRNs.

    COPY <table_name> FROM 'C:\Address\ AddressBaseCore_COU_2020-06-03_001.csv' DELIMITER ',' CSV HEADER;
    COPY addressbase_core_cou FROM 'C:\Address\ AddressBaseCore_COU_2020-06-03_001.csv' DELIMITER ',' CSV HEADER;
    COPY ab_core.addressbase_core_cou FROM 'C:\Address\ AddressBaseCore_COU_2020-06- 03_001.csv' DELIMITER ',' CSV HEADER;
    SELECT uprn, COUNT(uprn) AS NumOccurrences FROM <table_name>
    GROUP BY uprn
    HAVING ( COUNT(uprn) > 1 );

    30

    BLPU

    1 235 836

    9 106

    Classification

    1 235 836

    5 652

    LPI

    1 245 520

    3 980

    Organisation

    38 987

    3 359

    Delivery Point Address

    964 605

    776

    Application Cross Ref.

    1 301 968

    1 577

    Successor

    0

    0

    43

    Classification

    619

    4 990

    43

    LPI

    735

    3 202

    43

    Organisation

    1 458

    1 160

    741

    Delivery Point Address

    538

    184

    54

    Application Cross Ref.

    749

    713

    115

    Successor

    0

    0

    0

    AddressBase Islands December 2024 – Epoch 115

    This release note provides information about the December 2024 release of the AddressBase Islands products. These products were released to customers on 19 December 2024.

    Record counts

    Product
    Full Supply Record Count
    Change-Only Update Record Count

    AddressBase Plus Islands

    1 153 050

    Changed records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase Islands product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following tables detail the count of these records.

    AddressBase Plus Islands

    Change Type
    Count

    AddressBase Premium Islands

    AddressBase Premium Islands Table
    Inserts
    Updates
    Deletes

    Source data currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of Epoch 115:

    Data Source
    Date

    Data issues

    AddressBase Premium Islands

    • Street incorrect coordinates – There are two Streets which have incorrect start or end coordinates of 000000. The unique identifiers can be provided upon request through your OS Relationship Manager.

    • AddressBase Premium Islands, AddressBase Plus Islands

    • 14 102 PAF records (across GB and Islands product) had been previously withheld from product due to a processing constraint, which omitted UPRNs with multiple candidate PAF matches from showing in product as a one-one match. This was resolved on the 25/10/24.

    Next release

    The next release of AddressBase products, Epoch 116, is scheduled for 06 February 2025.

    Epoch Number
    Publication Date
    Data Cut Date

    115

    19 December 2024

    14 November 2024

    114

    07 November 2024

    03 October 2024

    113

    26 September 2024

    23 August 2024

    112

    15 August 2024

    AddressBase Islands November 2023 – Epoch 106

    This release note provides information about the November 2023 (Epoch 106) release of the AddressBase Islands products. These products were released to customers on 23 November 2023.

    Record counts

    Product
    Full Supply Record Count
    Change-Only Update Record Count

    17 December 2024

    This release note provides information about the release of the AddressBase Core product on 17 December 2024.

    Record counts

    Product
    Full Supply record count
    Change-Only Update record count

    Release Notes

    Release notes listed here provide information about the current release of AddressBase Core and the previous nine releases.

    This release note provides information about the 04 January 2025 release of AddressBase Core.

    Date

    There are many Date columns within the AddressBase product. Where a type format of Date has been used in the above attribute tables the data will be defined in the following format.

    Value
    Type
    Notes

    Time

    There are columns within the AddressBase product which provide a Time value. Where this is declared, the data will be provided in the following format.

    Value
    Type
    Notes

    Currency, completeness and precision

    Currency

    Updates are continuously made to the central spatial address data hub, which is managed by GeoPlace. These are used to produce the AddressBase Core product, which is supplied on a weekly basis. An extract is taken for the creation of AddressBase, AddressBase Plus and AddressBase Premium on a 6-weekly basis.

    Completeness

    Quality control procedures are undertaken at all stages of production to ensure that the data is as accurate and complete as possible and conforms to the specification. These quality control checks include automated data testing against the product specification and visual checks by operators.

    Precision

    Coordinates for all addressable objects with each AddressBase product are published with geometry given to a precision of up to two decimal places for British National Grid coordinates, and up to seven decimal places for ETRS89 coordinates.

    2007-10-24

    Date

    Date columns will follow the structure: CCYY-MM-DD

    14:11:15

    Time

    Time will follow the structure of HH:MM:SS based on a 24-hour clock.

    http://www.opengis.net/gml
    http://schemas.opengis.net/gml/3.2.1/gml.xsd
    http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-
    instance
    http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-1/
    http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink
    http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink.xsd
    This release note provides information about the 07 January 2025 release of AddressBase Core.

    AddressBase Core – 23 December 2024 release note

    This release note provides information about the 23 December 2024 release of AddressBase Core.

    AddressBase Core – 17 December 2024 release note

    This release note provides information about the 17 December 2024 release of AddressBase Core.

    AddressBase Core – 10 December 2024 release note

    This release note provides information about the 10 December 2024 release of AddressBase Core.

    AddressBase Core – 03 December 2024 release note

    This release note provides information about the 03 December 2024 release of AddressBase Core.

    AddressBase Core – 26 November 2024 release note

    This release note provides information about the 26 November 2024 release of AddressBase Core.

    AddressBase Core – 19 November 2024 release note

    This release note provides information about the 19 November 2024 release of AddressBase Core.

    AddressBase Core – 12 November 2024 release note

    This release note provides information about the 12 November 2024 release of AddressBase Core.

    AddressBase Core – 05 November 2024 release note

    This release note provides information about the 05 November 2024 release of AddressBase Core.

    AddressBase Core – 14 January 2025 release note
    AddressBase Core – 07 January 2025 release note
    DELETE FROM <master_abcore_table_name>
    WHERE uprn IN (SELECT uprn FROM <abcore_cou_table_name> WHERE change_code != 'I');
    INSERT INTO <master_abcore_table_name>
    SELECT * FROM <abcore_cou_table_name> WHERE change_code != 'D';
    High-level COU implementation model diagram
    High-level COU implementation model with archiving diagram

    It's important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Further guidance on this can be found in 'Working with COU data' in the AddressBase Getting Started Guide.

    It's important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Further guidance on this can be found in 'Working with COU data' in the AddressBase Getting Started Guide.

    It's important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Further guidance on this can be found in 'Working with COU data' in the AddressBase Getting Started Guide.

    234

    Classification

    1 283

    2 647

    234

    LPI

    1 324

    3 639

    234

    Organisation

    93

    85

    345

    Delivery Point Address

    454

    189

    203

    Application Cross Ref.

    1 347

    787

    388

    It's important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Further guidance on this can be found in 'Working with COU data' in the AddressBase Getting Started Guide.

    It is important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Guidance on this can be found in the 'Working with COU data' page in the AddressBase Core Getting Started Guide.

    It is important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Guidance on this can be found in the 'Working with COU data' page in the AddressBase Core Getting Started Guide.

    It is important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Guidance on this can be found in the 'Working with COU data' page in the AddressBase Core Getting Started Guide.

    It is important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Guidance on this can be found in the 'Working with COU data' page in the AddressBase Core Getting Started Guide.

    It is important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Guidance on this can be found in the 'Working with COU data' page in the AddressBase Core Getting Started Guide.

    Code lists and enumerations

    A code list or enumeration is a controlled set of values which can be used to populate a specific column.

    AddressBase Core code lists an enumerations:

    • RPCCode

    • ChangeTypeCode

    Coordinate reference systems

    AddressBase products have two coordinate reference systems (CRS) present within the data:

    • British National Grid (BNG): BNG uses the OSGB36 geodetic datum and a single Transverse Mercator projection for the whole of Great Britain. Positions on this projection are described using Easting and Northing coordinates in units of metres. The BNG is a horizontal spatial reference system only; it does not specify a vertical (height) reference system.

    • European Terrestrial Reference System 89 (ETRS89): ETRS89 is the EU-recommended frame of reference for European data and is represented as Latitude and Longitude values. ETRS89 is a horizontal spatial reference system only; it does not specify a vertical (height) reference system.

    View our guide to coordinate systems in Great Britain for more information.

    Classification

    1,272

    894

    182

    LPI

    1,299

    1,536

    182

    Organisation

    37

    28

    166

    Delivery Point Address

    666

    323

    92

    Application Cross Ref.

    1,291

    1,194

    304

    Successor

    0

    0

    0

    4 262

    AddressBase Premium Islands

    See rows below

    See rows below

    Street

    48,676

    112

    Street Descriptor

    48,676

    32

    BLPU

    1,236,926

    4,892

    Classification

    1,236,926

    2,348

    LPI

    1,246,637

    3,017

    Organisation

    38,858

    231

    Delivery Point Address

    965,179

    1,081

    Application Cross Ref.

    1,302,955

    2,789

    Successor

    0

    0

    Inserts

    1 275

    Updates

    2 687

    Deletes

    300

    Street

    30

    82

    0

    Street Descriptor

    30

    2

    0

    BLPU

    1,272

    3,438

    Pointer (Northern Ireland)

    14 November 2024

    DigiMap (Channel Islands)

    14 November 2024

    Isle of Man

    14 November 2024

    Royal Mail PAF

    14 November 2024

    It's important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Further guidance on this can be found in 'Working with COU data' in the AddressBase Getting Started Guide.

    182

    Authoritative data

    AddressBase Core's primary source of addressing information is local authority data. They have the legal responsibility to capture and maintain address data for Great Britain, so you can be sure of its authenticity and legal nature.

    Weekly updates

    AddressBase Core is released weekly, keeping you more up to date with changes.

    Scale: 1:1 250 to 1:10 000

  • Format: CSV, GML 3.2.1

  • Ordering area: All of Great Britain or customisable area (5km² tiles or user-defined polygon)

  • OS Data Hub plan: Public Sector Plan, Premium Plan, Energy & Infrastructure Plan

  • Properties yet to be built, or those which have been demolished, do not appear in AddressBase Core. In order to keep AddressBase Core as simple as possible, these records are not present. If these are critical to you, please look at AddressBase Premium.

    AddressBase Core Epoch correspondence

    AddressBase Core is released weekly and has a different data extraction date compared to the 6-weekly release schedule of the other AddressBase products. Due to these differences, AddressBase Core will not correspond to any of the Epochs.

    Coverage of AddressBase Core

    AddressBase Core covers Great Britain only, i.e. England, Wales and Scotland. It does not include Northern Ireland and the Channel Islands.

    Data from Royal Mail’s PAF

    The database is a vital component of the single address gazetteer database and is in each of the AddressBase products where there has been a match confirming the address to the LLPG address.

    AddressBase Premium Islands

    See rows below

    See rows below

    Street

    48 358

    122

    Street Descriptor

    48 358

    33

    BLPU

    1 227 295

    9 223

    Classification

    1 227 295

    7 246

    LPI

    1 236 596

    7 676

    Organisation

    39 434

    518

    Delivery Point Address

    961 646

    1 091

    Application Cross Ref.

    1 293 771

    6 576

    Successor

    0

    0

    Changed records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase Islands product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following tables detail the count of these records.

    AddressBase Plus Islands

    Change Type
    Count

    Inserts

    1 283

    Updates

    2 147

    Deletes

    194

    AddressBase Premium Islands

    AddressBase Premium Islands Table
    Inserts
    Updates
    Deletes

    Street

    32

    89

    1

    Street Descriptor

    32

    0

    1

    BLPU

    6 265

    2 915

    Source data currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of Epoch 106:

    Data Source
    Date

    Pointer (Northern Ireland)

    19 October 2023

    DigiMap (Channel Islands)

    19 October 2023

    Isle of Man

    19 October 2023

    Royal Mail PAF

    19 October 2023

    Data issues

    AddressBase Plus Islands issues

    There are no reported issues in this release of AddressBase Plus Islands.

    AddressBase Premium Islands issues

    Affected output formats: CSV and GML

    • Street incorrect coordinates – There are two Streets which have incorrect start or end coordinates of 000000. The unique identifiers can be provided upon request through your OS Relationship Manager.

    Next release

    The next release of AddressBase Islands products, Epoch 107, is scheduled for Friday 05 January 2024.

    AddressBase Plus Islands

    1 145 156

    3 624

    It's important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Further guidance on this can be found in.

    These counts are based on a Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS). If you ordered your national coverage via the online ordering system using a polygon outline, your counts may differ.

    Product supply comparison

    There is a difference in record counts between taking a national Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS) and the national 5km-tile supply. This is because the two supplies use different selection criteria. The difference in record counts is shown in the following table, allowing you to validate your data holdings once you have loaded the latest release of AddressBase Core.

    Product
    MGBS Full Count
    National 5km tiled supply
    Difference

    AddressBase Core

    34 552 949

    34 552 942

    7

    A small difference in record counts is expected due to there being several features supplied in the MGBS which fall outside of the tiled area.

    Changed records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase Core product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following table details the numbers of these records which can be expected in the COU supply of the product:

    Change type
    Count

    Inserts

    8 609

    Updates

    20 768

    Deletes

    2 427

    COU populated 5km tile count

    2 816

    Source data currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of this release of AddressBase Core:

    Data source
    Date

    Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF)

    13 December 2024

    National Land and Property Gazetteer

    13 December 2024

    One Scotland Gazetteer

    18 November 2024

    OS MasterMap Topography Layer

    05 September 2024

    AddressBase Core

    34 552 949

    31 804

    It is important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Guidance on this can be found in the .

    11 July 2024

    111

    27 June 2024

    23 May 2024

    110

    16 May 2024

    11 April 2024

    109

    05 April 2024

    29 February 2024

    108

    22 February 2024

    18 January 2024

    107

    05 January 2024

    30 November 2023

    106

    23 November 2023

    19 October 2023

    105

    12 October 2023

    07 September 2023

    AddressBase Islands February 2024 – Epoch 108

    This release note provides information about the February 2024 (Epoch 108) release of the AddressBase Islands products. These products were released to customers on 22 February 2024.

    Record counts

    Product
    Full Supply Record Count
    Change-Only Update Record Count

    AddressBase Plus Islands

    1 146 542

    Changed records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase Islands product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following tables detail the count of these records.

    AddressBase Plus Islands

    Change Type
    Count

    AddressBase Premium Islands

    AddressBase Premium Islands Table
    Inserts
    Updates
    Deletes

    Source data currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of Epoch 108:

    Data Source
    Date

    Data issues

    AddressBase Plus Islands issues

    There are no reported issues in this release of AddressBase Plus Islands.

    AddressBase Premium Islands issues

    Affected output formats: CSV and GML

    • Street incorrect coordinates – There are two Streets which have incorrect start or end coordinates of 000000. The unique identifiers can be provided upon request through your OS Relationship Manager.

    Notification of Epoch 109’s Improvement in Historic BLPU State Code Completeness and Large Release Size

    Summary

    The release will enhance clarity and consistency of lifecycle representation within product.

    A conformance improvement has been delivered for BLPU State attribute for records where the BLPU Logical Status was 8 (historic) and BLPU State was null; for increased completeness, BLPU State Code has been populated with value 4 (no longer existing) and date stamped for the change applied.

    Issue description

    The BLPU state identifies the current lifecycle stage of a property (or object) and is additional to the mandatory LOGICAL_ STATUS field.

    The BLPU code is an optional attribute for Local Authority Custodians to complete and therefore this attribute may be NULL in product.

    An improvement to the completeness of the BLPU State Code was identified as a quality enhancement for lifecycle information as values for BLPU state code 4 can be accurately inferred from a Logical Status of 8. This enhancement allows the data to be interpreted more easily by removing conflict between addresses with a historic logical status and no BLPU state.

    All nations within GB and the Islands product regions will benefit from this improvement, as such it impacts approximately 1.2 million records for a Full Supply.

    Impact

    This quality improvement will be delivered in the next release, Epoch 109, and will mean a larger than usual supply of changes.

    No special action will be required to load the release differently.

    Next release

    The next release of AddressBase Islands products, Epoch 109, is scheduled for Tuesday 05 April 2024.

    26 November 2024

    This release note provides information about the release of the AddressBase Core product on 26 November 2024.

    Record counts

    Product
    Full Supply record count0F[*]
    Change-Only Update record count

    AddressBase Core

    34 536 120

    36 907

    *These counts are based on a Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS). If you ordered your national coverage via the online ordering system using a polygon outline, your counts may differ.

    Product supply comparison

    There is a difference in record counts between taking a national Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS) and the national 5km-tile supply. This is because the two supplies use different selection criteria. The difference in record counts is shown in the following table, allowing you to validate your data holdings once you have loaded the latest release of AddressBase Core.

    Product
    MGBS Full Count
    National 5km tiled supply
    Difference

    A small difference in record counts is expected due to there being several features supplied in the MGBS which fall outside of the tiled area.

    Changed records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase Core product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following table details the numbers of these records which can be expected in the COU supply of the product:

    Change type
    Count

    Source data currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of this release of AddressBase Core:

    Data source
    Date

    CountryCode

    This code list is used in association with the attribute country/COUNTRY found on the BLPU table. The code list describes within which country the address feature falls within.

    Value
    Description

    E

    This record is within England

    W

    This record is within Wales

    S

    This record is within Scotland

    N

    This record is within Northern Ireland

    LanguageCode

    This enumeration is used in association with the LANGUAGE attribute found in the Street Descriptor and LPI tables; and also the Metadata table for CSV supply. This enumeration identifies the language of the address displayed.

    This is not required for the GML supply as the Language is specified in the GML tag ‘xml:lang’.

    Value
    Description

    ENG

    English

    AddressBase Products September 2024 – Epoch 113

    This release note provides information about the September 2024 release of the AddressBase products. These products were released to customers on 26 September 2024.

    Record counts

    Product
    Full Supply Record Count[1]
    Change-Only Update Record Count[2]

    Downloading a dataset

    This section of the getting started guide takes you through the process of downloading and extracting your AddressBase Core supply.

    Data supply

    AddressBase Core is supplied in two optional offerings:

    • As a Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS) which provides national Great Britain data in one of two formats: Comma Separated Values (CSV) and GeoPackage (GPKG).

    03 December 2024

    This release note provides information about the release of the AddressBase Core product on 03 December 2024.

    Record counts

    Product
    Full Supply record count0F[*]
    Change-Only Update record count

    GML

    Original feature – AddressBase GML

    Please note how not all attributes are provided where the field is null.

    COU feature – AddressBase GML

    FileTypeCode

    This enumeration is used in association with the attribute fileType/FILE_TYPE found in the Header record. This enumeration allows the identification of either a change-only update (COU) supply or a full supply.

    Value
    Description

    StreetStateCode

    This enumeration is used in association with the state/STATE attribute found in the street table. This enumeration identifies at which point the street record is within its lifecycle.

    Value
    Description

    OfficialFlagCode

    This enumeration is used in association with the officialFlag/OFFICIAL_FLAG attribute. This enumeration is an indicator of whether an address record corresponds to an entry in the official Street Name and Numbering register.

    Value
    Description

    In 5km tiles in one of two formats: CSV and GPKG. CSVs are supplied as individual tiles where multiples are selected, whereas GPKG are only ever supplied as one file.

    Backing up the data

    We recommend that you copy your data supply to a backup medium, particularly if you take a COU supply to keep an archive of records. Please read Applying COU to tables > With archiving for more Information on how to do this.

    Typical data volumes

    For reading purposes, we recommend you store the data on a single hard disc. This speeds up your computer's ability to read the data.

    Unzipped file sizes for a full supply of the product are as follows:

    • CSV 8GB

    • GPKG 12GB

    Unzipped file sizes of the COU will vary upon each release as this will be dependent on the number of changes or records within a given tile.

    Downloading instructions

    PSGA customers can download full supply and COU of AddressBase Core via our download service.

    1. In the OS Data Hub click Download data, you will be required to enter a password to access the PSGA members’ area. On successful entry to the download service, you will be able to view all your orders in the members’ area and download your data.

    2. If you have ordered your data from our online portal, you will be sent an email with a link to a download page.

    3. Within the PSGA members’ area, you can order and download the data that you require by clicking on Order Data, which is found under the Map Data heading.

    4. Once you have selected Order Data, you will be presented with the Order page. From here, you can manage all your orders, including those for AddressBase products.

    5. When you have placed an order for a product, the data will become available as a zipped data file.

    Unzipping the data

    The CSV and GPKG data are supplied in a compressed form (zip). Some software can access these files directly, while others will require it to be unzipped.

    To unzip the zipped data files (.zip extension), use an unzipping utility found on most PCs, for example, WinZip. Alternatively, open-source zipping/unzipping software can be downloaded from the Internet, for example, 7-Zip.

    The first level zip folder will contain the following:

    • Order Details.txt – a summary of the order including order type, format and information on files supplied.

    • Zipped folder with the product inside – this will be named as follows: AddressBaseCore_{variant}_{order_date_YYYY-MM-DD}_{file_number_NNN}.{format}.zip

      • variant: FULL or COU

      • order_date: Date the order was received, for example, 2020-02-11

      • file_number: Three-digit zero padded file number, for example, 001

      • format: csv, gpkg

    Example:

    • AddressBaseCore_FULL_2020-01-30_001.gpkg.zip or

    • AddressBaseCore_COU_2020-01-30_001.csv.zip

    The product within the ZIP folder will use the same naming convention as above but without the .zip at the end.

    L

    This record is within the Channel Islands

    M

    This record is within the Isle of Man

    J

    This record is not assigned to a country as it falls outside of the land boundaries used.

    CYM

    Welsh

    GAE

    Gaelic (Scottish)

    BIL

    Bilingual

    <abs:addressMember>
      <abs:Address gml:id="uk.addressbase.uprn.100040205844">
        <abs:uprn>100040205844</abs:uprn>
        <abs:osAddressTOID>osgb1000002274362298</abs:osAddressTOID>
        <abs:udprn>8782432</abs:udprn>
        <abs:subBuildingName xml:lang="en">FLAT C</abs:subBuildingName>
        <abs:buildingName xml:lang="en">PEMBROKE HOUSE</abs:buildingName>
        <abs:buildingNumber>4</abs:buildingNumber>
        <abs:thoroughfare xml:lang="en">BYSTOCK TERRACE</abs:thoroughfare>
        <abs:postTown xml:lang="en">EXETER</abs:postTown>
        <abs:postcode>EX4 4HY</abs:postcode>
        <abs:postcodeType>S</abs:postcodeType>
        <abs:position>
          <gml:Point srsName="urn:ogc:def:crs:EPSG::27700" gml:id="uk.addressbase.uprn.p.100040205844">
            <gml:pos>291640.00 93040.00</gml:pos>
          </gml:Point>
        </abs:position>
        <abs:positionLatLong>
          <gml:Point srsName="urn:ogc:def:crs:EPSG::4258" gml:id="uk.addressbase.uprn.pl.100040205844">
            <gml:pos>50.7268511 -3.5366289</gml:pos>
          </gml:Point>
        </abs:positionLatLong>
        <abs:rpc>1</abs:rpc>
        <abs:country>E</abs:country>
        <abs:changeType>I</abs:changeType>
        <abs:laStartDate>2001-04-04</abs:laStartDate>
        <abs:rmStartDate>2001-04-04</abs:rmStartDate>
        <abs:lastUpdateDate>2001-04-04</abs:lastUpdateDate>
        <abs:class>R</abs:class>
      </abs:Address>
    </abs:addressMember>
    Changed fields are highlighted in red.
    <abs:addressMember>
      <abs:Address gml:id="uk.addressbase.uprn.100040205844">
        <abs:uprn>100040205844</abs:uprn>
        <abs:osAddressTOID>osgb1000002274362298</abs:osAddressTOID>
        <abs:udprn>8782432</abs:udprn>
        <abs:subBuildingName xml:lang="en">FLAT C</abs:subBuildingName>
        <abs:buildingName xml:lang="en">PEMBROKE HOUSE</abs:buildingName>
        <abs:buildingNumber>4</abs:buildingNumber>
        <abs:thoroughfare xml:lang="en">BYSTOCK TERRACE</abs:thoroughfare>
        <abs:postTown xml:lang="en">EXETER</abs:postTown>
        <abs:postcode>EX4 4HY</abs:postcode>
        <abs:postcodeType>S</abs:postcodeType>
        <abs:position>
          <gml:Point srsName="urn:ogc:def:crs:EPSG::27700" gml:id="uk.addressbase.uprn.p.100040205844">
            <gml:pos>291640.00 93040.00</gml:pos>
          </gml:Point>
        </abs:position>
        <abs:positionLatLong>
          <gml:Point srsName="urn:ogc:def:crs:EPSG::4258" gml:id="uk.addressbase.uprn.pl.100040205844">
            <gml:pos>50.7268511 -3.5366289</gml:pos>
          </gml:Point>
        </abs:positionLatLong>
        <abs:rpc>2</abs:rpc>
        <abs:country>E</abs:country>
        <abs:changeType>U</abs:changeType>
        <abs:laStartDate>2001-04-04</abs:laStartDate>
        <abs:rmStartDate>2001-04-04</abs:rmStartDate>
        <abs:lastUpdateDate>2010-06-04</abs:lastUpdateDate>
        <abs:class>R</abs:class>
      </abs:Address>
    </abs:addressMember>

    F

    Signifies the supply is a full supply

    C

    Signifies the supply is a COU file

    1

    Under construction

    2

    Open

    4

    Permanently closed (STREET_END_DATE must be entered)

    N

    Unofficial Address

    Y

    Official Address

    43

    Classification

    6 265

    938

    43

    LPI

    6 342

    1 291

    43

    Organisation

    417

    11

    90

    Delivery Point Address

    550

    432

    109

    Application Cross Ref.

    6 293

    235

    48

    'Working with COU data' in the AddressBase Getting Started Guide
    'Working with COU data' page in the AddressBase Core Getting Started Guide

    AddressBase Core

    34 536 120

    34 536 113

    7

    Inserts

    8 998

    Updates

    24 847

    Deletes

    3 062

    COU populated 5km tile count

    3 464

    Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF)

    22 November 2024

    National Land and Property Gazetteer

    22 November 2024

    One Scotland Gazetteer

    18 November 2024

    OS MasterMap Topography Layer

    05 September 2024

    It is important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Guidance on this can be found in the 'Working with COU data' page in the AddressBase Core Getting Started Guide.

    Classification

    1 031

    734

    62

    LPI

    1 059

    683

    62

    Organisation

    41

    33

    101

    Delivery Point Address

    428

    224

    168

    Application Cross Ref.

    1 006

    352

    102

    2 581

    AddressBase Premium Islands

    See rows below

    See rows below

    Street

    48 426

    91

    Street Descriptor

    48 426

    34

    BLPU

    1 229 481

    3 308

    Classification

    1 229 481

    1 827

    LPI

    1 238 840

    1 804

    Organisation

    39 354

    175

    Delivery Point Address

    962 351

    820

    Application Cross Ref.

    1 295 835

    1 460

    Successor

    0

    0

    Inserts

    576

    Updates

    1 834

    Deletes

    171

    Street

    34

    57

    0

    Street Descriptor

    34

    0

    0

    BLPU

    1 031

    2 215

    Pointer (Northern Ireland)

    14 January 2024

    DigiMap (Channel Islands)

    18 January 2024

    Isle of Man

    17 January 2024

    Royal Mail PAF

    18 January 2024

    BLPU State Code Enumeration values and descriptions
    BLPU State Code Enumeration

    It's important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Further guidance on this can be found in 'Working with COU data' in the AddressBase Getting Started Guide.

    62

    AddressBase

    30 552 484

    137 772

    AddressBase Plus

    38 156 204

    677 294

    AddressBase Premium

    See rows below

    See rows below

    Street

    1 509 895

    5 780

    Street Descriptor

    1 633 461

    2 501

    BLPU

    40 909 714

    355 256

    Classification

    44 758 076

    125 856

    LPI

    46 089 180

    182 176

    Organisation

    1 422 866

    14 505

    Delivery Point Address

    30 659 580

    54 376

    Application Cross Ref.

    198 307 242

    735 178

    Successor

    0

    0

    1. These counts are based on a Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS). If you have ordered your national coverage via the online ordering system using a polygon outline, then your counts may differ.

    2. Change-Only Updates are not available for the OS Open UPRN product.

    Product supply comparison

    There is a difference in product counts between taking a national Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS) and a national Area of Interest (AOI). This is because the two supplies use different selection criteria. The differences are shown in the following table, allowing for you to validate your data holdings once you have loaded the latest release of AddressBase data.

    The national AOI refers to the pre-selection GB polygon from our download store. Therefore, if you have drawn your own AOI, the count will vary.

    If you are unsure of your supply type, please check this with your OS Relationship Manager.

    Product
    MGBS Full Count
    National AOI Full Count
    Difference

    AddressBase

    30 552 484

    30 552 484

    0

    AddressBase Plus

    38 156 204

    38 156 184

    20

    AddressBase Premium

    See rows below

    See rows below

    Changed records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following tables detail the numbers of these records which can be expected in an MGBS supply,and also how many tiles are affected if you take your supply as Changed Chunks.

    AddressBase

    Change Type
    Count

    Inserts

    32 275

    Updates

    96 919

    Deletes

    8 578

    COU Populated Tile Count

    5 003

    AddressBase Plus

    Change Type
    Count

    Inserts

    43 451

    Updates

    621 151

    Deletes

    12 692

    COU Populated Tile Count

    7 088

    AddressBase Premium

    AddressBase Premium Table
    Inserts
    Updates
    Deletes

    Street

    1 264

    4 501

    15

    Street Descriptor

    1 484

    999

    18

    BLPU

    39 273

    312 858

    Source data currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of Epoch 113:

    Data Source
    Date

    Royal Mail PAF

    22 August 2024

    National Land and Property Gazetteer

    22 August 2024

    One Scotland Gazetteer

    05 August 2024

    VOA Non-Domestic Rates

    19 August 2024

    VOA Council Tax

    19 August 2024

    OS MasterMap Topography Layer

    13 August 2024

    Data issues

    AddressBase Plus issues

    Affected output formats: CSV and GML

    • There are 6 504 Unique Property Reference Numbers (UPRNs) which reference a Parent UPRN that cannot be found in the product. This is because the Parent UPRN is either provisional or historic and is not matched to the Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF) or Valuation Office Agency (VOA) record, meaning that it is not included in the AddressBase Plus product as per the existing background logic rules.

    • There are 227 records with a sao_start_no or sao_text that have no Parent UPRN in the product. This is because the Parent UPRN is a historical record which is included as part of the logic for record inclusion in the AddressBase Plus products.

    Improvements in Epoch 113

    Valuation Office Agency matching

    The match rates for Council Tax and Non-Domestic Rates for Epoch 113 are detailed as follows based on Valuation Office Agency (VOA) records up to 19 August 2024. The match rate is applicable to the AddressBase Premium product.

    Data Source
    Records Received
    % Matched

    Council tax

    27 145 616

    99.92

    Non-domestic rates

    2 122 260

    96.47

    Tertiary classifications

    Work is being undertaken to improve the classifications of records within the AddressBase products. This work has resulted in 37 159 more tertiary classifications present in Epoch 113 compared to Epoch 112. Indeed, 88.71% of these tertiary classification improvements are against residential codes.

    PAF matching

    The following graph shows the number of Postcode Address File (PAF) matched records in AddressBase by epoch:

    The number of Postcode Address File (PAF) matched records in AddressBase by epoch. The number of PAF matched records in AddressBase has increased steadily over time, from 30 353 039 in Epoch 102 to 30 659 595 in Epoch 113.

    Next release

    The next release of AddressBase products, Epoch 114, is scheduled for 07 November 2024.

    OS Open UPRN

    40 909 714

    N/A

    It's important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Further guidance on this can be found in.

    [*] These counts are based on a Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS). If you ordered your national coverage via the online ordering system using a polygon outline, your counts may differ.

    Product supply comparison

    There is a difference in record counts between taking a national Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS) and the national 5km-tile supply. This is because the two supplies use different selection criteria. The difference in record counts is shown in the following table, allowing you to validate your data holdings once you have loaded the latest release of AddressBase Core.

    Product
    MGBS Full Count
    National 5km tiled supply
    Difference

    AddressBase Core

    34 540 465

    34 540 458

    7

    A small difference in record counts is expected due to there being several features supplied in the MGBS which fall outside of the tiled area.

    Changed records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase Core product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following table details the numbers of these records which can be expected in the COU supply of the product:

    Change type
    Count

    Inserts

    6 774

    Updates

    23 293

    Deletes

    2 429

    COU populated 5km tile count

    2 918

    Source data currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of this release of AddressBase Core:

    Data source
    Date

    Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF)

    29 November 2024

    National Land and Property Gazetteer

    29 November 2024

    One Scotland Gazetteer

    18 November 2024

    OS MasterMap Topography Layer

    05 September 2024

    AddressBase Core

    34 540 465

    32 496

    It is important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Guidance on this can be found in the .

    23 December 2024

    This release note provides information about the release of the AddressBase Core product on 23 December 2024.

    Please note: There will be no release of AddressBase Core on 31 January 2024 due to a company-wide shutdown over the festive period. The next release of AddressBase Core will be on 07 January 2025.

    Record counts

    Product
    Full Supply record count
    Change-Only Update record count

    Please note that the Full Supply record count is based on a Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS). If you ordered your national coverage via the online ordering system using a polygon outline, your counts may differ.

    Product supply comparison

    There is a difference in record counts between taking a national Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS) and the national 5km tile supply. This is because the two supplies use different selection criteria. The difference in record counts is shown in the following table, allowing you to validate your data holdings once you have loaded the latest release of AddressBase Core.

    Product
    MGBS Full Count
    National 5km tiled supply
    Difference

    A small difference in record counts is expected due to there being several features supplied in the MGBS which fall outside of the tiled area.

    Changed records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase Core product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following table details the numbers of these records which can be expected in the COU supply of the product:

    Change type
    Count

    Known issues

    One new issue has been identified in this release of AddressBase Core, causing an English record to be incorrectly matched to a Northern Irish POST_TOWN and POSTCODE. The UPRN = 10094417972 has been incorrectly assigned a ‘POST_TOWN’ of ‘BELFAST’ and an incorrect ‘POSTCODE’ of ‘BT12 4EA’. This address is affected in isolation, and the match will be fixed for the next AddressBase Core release.

    Source data currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of this release of AddressBase Core:

    Data source
    Date

    Data formats

    The AddressBase Core product is distributed as a Comma Separated Value (CSV) file or GeoPackage (GPKG). CSV files can be supplied as a Full Supply or Change Only Update (COU) when taking Managed Great Britain Sets (MGBS); or Full Supply or changed tiles when taking tile supplies. GPKG is only available as Full Supply for both MGBS and tile supplies.

    CSV

    The CSV format of AddressBase Core means:

    1. Column headers are included in the file.

    2. There is one record per line in each file.

    3. Fields are separated by commas.

    4. No comma is placed at the end of each row in the file.

    5. Records are terminated by carriage return/line feed.

    For MGBS orders, one file containing all records is produced.

    GPKG

    GPKG is an open, standards-based, platform-independent data format for transferring geospatial information as defined by the Open Geospatial Consortium (OGC). It is designed to be a lightweight format that can contain large amounts of varied and complex data in a single, easy-to-distribute and ready-to-use file.

    GPKG offers the following benefits:

    1. The single file is easy to transfer and offers the end-user a rich experience.

    2. Attribute names are not limited in length making it customer friendly.

    3. No file size limit, so lots of data can be easily accommodated.

    4. Supports raster, vector and database formats making it a highly versatile solution.

    For both MGBS and tile supplies, GeoPackage supplies will be provided as one file.

    Epoch Number
    Publication Date
    Data Cut Date

    116

    06 February 2025

    03 January 2025

    117

    20 March 2025

    14 February 2025

    118

    01 May 2025

    28 March 2025

    119

    13 June 2025

    Working with tiled data

    Tiled orders allow you to select a small region of Great Britain (GB), rather than having to order the whole of GB. Ordering tiles, as opposed to full GB coverage, reduces the amount of data supplied. This reduces data storage size and the time it takes to process the data.

    AddressBase Core tiles can be downloaded through Ordnance Survey’s download service. See for full details about accessing this service. To order tiles:

    1. Access the OS orders site and select AddressBase Core – 5km DOWNLOAD.

    2. Select either a self-drawn polygon, a rectangle or a postcode/place. These options are available in the toolbar above the map. Once you have selected your area of interest (AOI), you can proceed to place your order.

    Supply and update

    The primary supply mechanism of AddressBase data is referred to as non-geographic chunks. This is a way of dividing up the data into chunks that are supplied in separate volumes, which have a fixed maximum number of records. The supply is not supplied with any reference to the geographic position of records.

    Public Sector Geospatial Agreement (PSGA) customers can order Geographic chunks (5km tiles) as well as non-geographic chunks, although geographic chunks are not considered the main form of supply.

    All customers are also able to take a complete supply (referred to as a Managed Great Britain Set: MGBS) or an Area of Interest (AOI) as a full supply or a COU supply.

    Non-geographic chunks (unzipped)

    If you receive your data as non-geographic chunks, the filename will be constructed as follows:

    Data sources

    Through collaborative working between Ordnance Survey, GeoPlace, the Local Government Agency and Improvement Service, a single definitive spatial address database for Great Britain has been created and maintained since September 2011 for England and Wales, and April 2012 for Scotland.

    This initiative supports the UK Location Strategy concept of a 'core reference geography', including the key principles of the European Union INSPIRE directive, that data should only be collected once and kept where it can be maintained most effectively.

    AddressBase Data Inputs

    The creation of AddressBase products brings together the best parts of:

    10 December 2024

    This release note provides information about the release of the AddressBase Core product on 10 December 2024.

    Record counts

    Product
    Full Supply record count0F[*]
    Change-Only Update record count

    Conforms to OGC standard.

  • In most cases, it is a Plug and Play format.

  • productName_supply_ccyy-mm-dd_vvv.format

    Where:

    • ProductName is AddressBase.

    • supply is defined as FULL or COU.

    • ccyy-mm-dd is the date the file was generated.

    • vvv is the volume number of the file.

    • format is the format of the files received, for example, csv or gml.

    For example:

    • AddressBase_FULL_2013-05-28_001.gml (GML full supply)

    • AddressBase_COU_2013-05-28_001.csv (CSV COU supply)

    Non-geographic chunks (zipped)

    If the data has been provided in a ZIP file, the filename will be constructed as follows:

    productName_supply_ccyy-mm-dd_vvv_format.zip

    For example:

    • AddressBase_FULL_2013-05-28_001_gml.zip (GML full supply zipped)

    Geographic chunks (unzipped)

    If you receive your data as geographic chunks (PSGA customers only), the filename will be constructed as follows:

    productName_supply_ccyy-mm-dd_ngxxyy.format

    Where:

    • ProductName is AddressBase.

    • supply is defined as FULL or COU.

    • ccyy-mm-dd is the date the file was generated.

    • ngxxyy is the four-digit grid reference belonging to the 1km south-west corner of the 5km chunk.

    • format is the format of the files received, for example, csv or gml.

    For example:

    • AddressBase_FULL_2013-05-28_NC4040.gml (GML full supply)

    • AddressBase_COU_2013-05-28_NC4040.csv (CSV COU supply)

    Geographic chunks (zipped)

    If the data has been provided in a ZIP file, the filename will be constructed as follows:

    productName_supply_ccyy-mm-dd_ngxxyy_format.zip

    For example:

    • AddressBase_COU_2013-05-28_NC4040_csv.zip (CSV COU supply zipped)

    COU Supply

    AddressBase is available as a full or COU supply.

    A COU supply of data contains records or files that have changed between product refresh cycles. The primary benefit in supplying data in this way is that data volumes are smaller therefore reducing the amount of data that requires processing when compared to a full supply.

    COU data enables a user to identify three types of change:

    • Deletes (CHANGE_TYPE ‘D’) are objects that have ceased to exist in your AOI since the last product refresh.

    • Inserts (CHANGE_TYPE ‘I’) are objects that have been newly inserted into your AOI since the last product refresh.

    • Updates (CHANGE_TYPE ‘U’) are objects that have been updated in your AOI since the last product refresh.

    Non-geographic chunked COU

    A COU file for non-geographic chunked data can be identified by its naming convention. Any change record will be provided as a full record with the appropriate change type, as listed above.

    Geographic chunked COU (tile-based)

    A geographic chunked COU is not supplied as per the non-geographic chunked COU outlined above. Its file naming convention can be found above. If a single record has changed within a specified 5km tile, the entire 5km tile containing all features will be supplied. This means the user will need to remove all features that previously existed in the provided tile(s) and insert the entire new tile(s) in its place.

    Archiving

    When users are deleting, inserting or updating features, it is up to the user to consider their archiving requirements. If deleted records are important to your business requirements, you must take appropriate action to archive previous records.

    09 May 2025

    120

    31 July 2025

    27 June 2025

    'Working with COU data' page in the AddressBase Core Getting Started Guide

    AddressBase Core

    34 559 204

    98 188

    AddressBase Core

    34 559 204

    34 559 197

    7

    Inserts

    8 535

    Updates

    87 373

    Deletes

    2 280

    COU populated 5km tile count

    3 960

    Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF)

    20 December 2024

    National Land and Property Gazetteer

    20 December 2024

    One Scotland Gazetteer

    09 December 2024

    OS MasterMap Topography Layer

    28 November 2024

    It is important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Guidance on this can be found in the 'Working with COU data' page in the AddressBase Core Getting Started Guide.

    See rows below

    Street

    1 509 895

    1 509 892

    3

    Street Descriptor

    1 633 461

    1 633 458

    3

    BLPU

    40 909 714

    40 909 690

    24

    Classification

    44 758 076

    44 758 052

    24

    LPI

    46 089 180

    46 089 155

    25

    Organisation

    1 422 866

    1 422 864

    2

    Delivery Point Address

    30 659 580

    30 659 580

    0

    Application Cross Ref.

    198 307 242

    198 307 218

    24

    Successor

    0

    0

    0

    3 125

    Classification

    47 617

    59 927

    18 312

    LPI

    51 254

    127 306

    3 616

    Organisation

    5 675

    4 479

    4 351

    Delivery Point Address

    32 839

    13 224

    8 313

    Application Cross Ref.

    183 150

    520 267

    31 761

    OS MasterMap Highways Network

    06 August 2024

    Code-Point with Polygons

    01 July 2024

    Boundary-Line

    24 June 2024

    'Working with COU data' in the AddressBase Getting Started Guide
    The number of Postcode Address File (PAF) matched records in AddressBase by epoch. The number of PAF matched records in AddressBase has increased steadily over time, from 30 353 039 in Epoch 102 to 30 659 595 in Epoch 113.

    AddressBase Supply Set

    This feature is formally known as the GML feature collection and is used to define a collection of features.

    This is not supplied as part of the CSV supply. Please see Model Overview CSV and Model Overview GML for more information.

    Feature type attributes

    The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.

    Query time

    Time the data was extracted from the database.

    • Attribute Name: queryTime (GML), Not provided (CSV)

    • Data Type: DateTime (GML)

    • Multiplicity: [1]

    • Size: 1

    Query change since date

    The date given as part of a change-only query.

    • Attribute Name: queryChangeSinceDate (GML), Not provided (CSV)

    • Data Type: Date (GML)

    • Multiplicity: [1]

    • Size: 1

    Dependent on whether you are a PSGA customer or an OS Partner, the tiles are supplied as either GKPG or CSV.

    You are provided with all 5km tiles that intersect the drawn polygon. The diagram below shows what is supplied when completing a tile order. An area of interest is drawn (blue lines) and a tile is provided for anywhere the drawn area of interest intersects (green lines).

    For a GPKG download, you receive tiled data incorporated into one single GKPG file. For CSV tile supplies, individual 5km tiles are supplied for each tile which intersects your AOI.

    Diagram showing what is supplied in a tiled order

    The diagram below illustrates the format, coverage and supply type of AddressBase Core, specifically highlighting the tile supply options.

    An illustration of AddressBase Core format, coverage, and supply types specifically for tile supplies

    Each supply type is covered in the sections that follow.

    GPKG

    Both GB coverage and tiled supply of GKPG is produced as a full supply only. Both product variants result in you receiving one consolidated GPKG file for your order.

    To use this in your GIS software, please refer to Getting started with AddressBase Core > GPKG data, which provides instructions to load GPKG into ArcGIS Pro, ArcMap, QGIS, MapInfo Professional and CadCorp Map Modeller.

    CSV

    Tiled orders are also an option for CSV supplies of AddressBase Core. The CSV is divided into 5km tiles with an individual CSV produced for each tile. This is the case for both full supply and COU. Each CSV is also be provided with a header, which needs to be considered if you want to consolidate multiple individual tiles into one single file.

    One use case for taking tiled coverage is if you only need a small subset of addresses within GB, as this provides you with a smaller data holding than taking all of GB .

    If you are planning on using the tile supplies for COU purposes, you need to understand the data structure of the full supply and COU files you will download.

    If you select to receive COU tile supplies, if any record within a selected 5km tile is changed between two releases of data (each week), you will receive the entire 5km tile in your next supply containing all of the latest live records for that tile.

    For example, as demonstrated in the table below, the original full supply contains the address 17 THE BROADS, PAMPHILL, WIMBORNE, BH21 4DR, and the next COU data does not . However, the full supply does include an additional record, 37 THE BADGERS, PAMPHILL, BH21 4SH. This means that the 17 THE BROADS address has been deleted between the two releases, and 37 THE BADGERS is a new address.

    Original full supply
    COU records
    COU change type

    BUNGALOW, BLANDFORD ROAD, WIMBORNE MINSTER, BH21 4DS

    BUNGALOW, BLANDFORD ROAD, WIMBORNE MINSTER, BH21 4DS

    I (INSERT)

    17 THE BROADS, PAMPHILL, WIMBORNE, BH21 4DR

    No data supplied

    Not applicable

    33 THE BROADS, PAMPHILL, WIMBORNE, BH21 4DR

    33 THE BROADS, PAMPHILL, WIMBORNE, BH21 4DR

    I (INSERT)

    No data supplied

    37 THE BADGERS, PAMPHILL, BH21 4SH

    To implement COU, we recommend that you process the full supply and the COU data files into a common structure to be used in conjunction with SQL. You can do this by appending a tilename column onto the full supply and COU data when the CSVs are merged, as shown in the table below.

    AddressBaseCore_COU_2020-01-30_SU2075.csv.zip

    POST_TOWN
    ISLAND
    POSTCODE
    DELIVERY_POINT_SUFFIX
    GSS_CODE
    CHANGE_CODE
    TILENAME

    Ordnance Survey provides FME Workbench and NodeJS scripts to help to pre-process the data as described in the sections that follow. You can access these scripts in our GitHub repository:

    • FME workbench

    • NodeJS

    A README file with usage instructions is provided for both scripts.

    You do not need you to unzip the data before processing.

    The data, either full supply or COU, should now be combined in one CSV file, under one header, with an appended tilename column. Once the data has been pre-processed, it can be loaded into any database. The next sub-sections will detail the different loads of full supply and COU.

    Full supply

    Once the full supply CSV has been pre-processed, the COPY load method can be used to load the data into your primary database table:

    In this example, addressbase_core is the name of the table. You may use a different name. To use this table in a geospatial setting, geometry columns will need to be inserted using the following SQL:

    COU supply

    A similar method can be used to insert the COU data into a database. Similarly, addressbase_core_cou is the name given to the database table. You may use a different name.

    Application of COU to the primary table

    1. If you are applying COU to your primary table, you should now have two tables in your selected database:

      • A primary table which contains some out-of-date data.

      • A COU table with the live data.

    2. To update your primary table, there are two basic steps to follow using SQL commands:

      • Delete all rows that contain tilenames that match the tilenames of the incoming COU.

      • Insert all rows from the COU table to the primary table.

    The following SQL commands will complete the application of COU into the primary table:

    1. Index the tilename column on to the primary table:

      CREATE INDEX ON addressbase_core (tilename);

    2. Index the tilename column on to the COU table: CREATE INDEX ON addressbase_core_cou (tilename);

      CREATE INDEX ON addressbase_core_cou (tilename);

    3. Delete from the primary table any records which have a tilename that matches a tilename from your COU table:

      DELETE FROM addressbase_core WHERE tilename IN (SELECT DISTINCT(tilename) FROM addressbase_core_cou);
      COMMIT;

    4. Insert the live COU data into the primary table:

    Downloading a dataset
    COPY addressbase_core FROM ‘PATH TO PROCESSED FULL SUPPLY ' DELIMITER ',' CSV HEADER;
    SELECT AddGeometryColumn (<schema_name>, 'addressbase_core', <column_name>, 27700, 'POINT', 2);
    COMMIT;
    UPDATE addressbase_core SET geom = ST_GeomFromText('POINT(' || easting || ' ' || northing || ') ', 27700 )
    COMMIT;
    COPY addressbase_core_cou FROM ‘PATH TO PROCESSED COU CSV ' DELIMITER ',' CSV HEADER;
    SELECT AddGeometryColumn (<schema_name>, 'addressbase_core_cou', <column_name>, 27700, 'POINT', 2);
    COMMIT;
    UPDATE addressbase_core_cou SET geom = ST_GeomFromText('POINT(' || easting || ' ' || northing || ') ', 27700 );
    COMMIT;
    Toolbar about map for selecting an AOI in OS Data Hub
    Local Government’s National Land and Property Gazetteer (NLPG)

    The National Land and Property Gazetteer (NLPG) provides the most up-to-date addresses including street names and numbers from each Local Authority’s LLPG in England and Wales. This data also provides a Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) for each address encompassing residential, commercial and public infrastructure such as fire stations.

    The One Scotland Address Gazetteer (OSG)

    One Scotland Address Gazetteer (OSG) provides the most up-to-date addresses including street names and numbers from each Scottish Local Authority’s CAG. This data also provides a Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) for each address encompassing residential, commercial and public infrastructure such as fire stations.

    Ordnance Survey owned large scale data and coordinates

    Ordnance Survey provides a wide range of additional addresses including Objects Without a Postal Address (OWPAs) such as Telephone Exchanges, a wider spatial context by including references for both the OS MasterMap Topography Layer and OS MasterMap Highways Networks Layer which the address feature is related to and additional classification information.

    Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF)

    PAF contains approximately 30 million Royal Mail addresses that are identified as receiving post in Great Britain. Addresses from the NLPG and OSG are matched to the PAF addresses to provide the Unique Delivery Point Reference Number (UDPRN) into product and supplement the Local Authority address with information such as organisation name, postal town and postcode.

    Valuation Office Agency

    The Valuation Office Agency (VOA) gives the government the valuations and property advice needed to support taxation and benefits within England and Wales. Addresses from the NLPG are matched to the VOA address to provide the Unique Address Reference Number (UARN), VOA Special Category and Primary Description classification codes in product.

    Roles and Responsibilities

    GeoPlace

    GeoPlace is a limited liability partnership jointly owned by the Local Government Association and Ordnance Survey and is the centre of excellence for spatial address and street information in Great Britain. GeoPlace brings together local government's address and streets gazetteers with information from Ordnance Survey, Improvement Service, Royal Mail’s PAF dataset and VOA addresses into a central spatial address data hub. The database hub is updated by GeoPlace based upon the receipt of data from all the contributing data sources.

    GeoPlace manage this hub and provide address and street information to be utilised in the AddressBase products.

    Diagram show relationship between GeoPlace, Ordnance Survey, LLPGs, Royal Mail, Scottish LGs

    England and Wales

    At present, there are 314 local authorities in England and Wales, inputting updates to their Local Land and Property Gazetteers (LLPG). These changes are submitted to the GeoPlace Hub daily, weekly or monthly as part of their update schedule.

    On receipt of these updates, they are checked to ensure that they have been produced in accordance with the NLPG Data Entry Conventions and they are in compliance with the national standard for the representation of address information – BS 7666 Parts 1 and 2.

    Scotland

    There are currently 32 local authorities in Scotland which update their local address gazetteers on a daily, weekly or monthly as part of their update schedule to the OSG. The Improvement Service check each

    update to ensure compliance with the national standard for addressing (BS7666.2006) and the Scottish Gazetteer Conventions 1-3.

    Local Authority Custodians

    One of the key strengths of AddressBase products is the collection and verification of data at the local level. A real benefit is the capture of addresses at the earliest point in their lifecycle, and then this address being maintained by the local authority.

    To do this the Local Custodians will utilise the wealth of information at their disposal until the address is demolished (when it becomes a historical record).

    Local Custodians will use information such as:

    • Building and Development control

    • Planning and Land Charges

    • Waste Collection

    • Electoral Roll

    LLPG custodians (England and Wales) are allocated sequential batches of UPRNs by GeoPlace, which are assigned by the LLPG custodian at the creation of a new address.

    The OSG (Scotland) custodians are allocated sequential batches of UPRNs by the Improvement Service, which are assigned by the OSG custodian at the creation of a new address.

    *. These counts are based on a Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS). If you ordered your national coverage via the online ordering system using a polygon outline, your counts may differ.

    Product supply comparison

    There is a difference in record counts between taking a national Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS) and the national 5km-tile supply. This is because the two supplies use different selection criteria. The difference in record counts is shown in the following table, allowing you to validate your data holdings once you have loaded the latest release of AddressBase Core.

    Product
    MGBS Full Count
    National 5km tiled supply
    Difference

    AddressBase Core

    34 546 767

    34 546 760

    7

    A small difference in record counts is expected due to there being several features supplied in the MGBS which fall outside of the tiled area.

    Changed records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase Core product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following table details the numbers of these records which can be expected in the COU supply of the product:

    Change type
    Count

    Inserts

    8 314

    Updates

    24 688

    Deletes

    2 012

    COU populated 5km tile count

    3 081

    Source data currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of this release of AddressBase Core:

    Data source
    Date

    Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF)

    06 December 2024

    National Land and Property Gazetteer

    06 December 2024

    One Scotland Gazetteer

    18 November 2024

    OS MasterMap Topography Layer

    05 September 2024

    AddressBase Core

    34 546 767

    35 014

    It is important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Guidance on this can be found in the .

    AddressBase Core | Data Products | Ordnance SurveyOrdnance Survey

    Address

    This address record follows the lifecycle of a Postcode Address File (PAF) record matched to a Local Authority record. As a matched record is inserted, deleted and updated within PAF, these changes are incorporated into the AddressBase product. Similarly, if the matched Local Authority address record updates an attribute contained within the AddressBase product, this change will be reflected.

    Feature type attributes

    The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with this feature, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.

    The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included with the Address feature type.

    UPRN

    Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) assigned by the LLPG Custodian or Ordnance Survey.

    • Attribute Name: uprn (GML), UPRN (CSV)

    • Data Type: Integer (GML), Integer (CSV)

    • Multiplicity: [1]

    • Size: 12

    TOID:

    Unique identifier provided by Ordnance Survey.

    • Attribute Name: osAddressTOID (GML), OS_ADDRESS_TOID (CSV)

    • Data Type: LocalisedCharacterString (GML), char (CSV)

    • Multiplicity: [0..1]

    • Size: 20

    UDPRN

    Royal Mail’s Unique Delivery Point Reference Number (UDPRN).

    • Attribute Name: udprn (GML), UDPRN (CSV)

    • Data Type: Integer (GML), Integer (CSV)

    • Multiplicity: [1]

    • Size: 8

    Organisation name

    The organisation name is the business name given to a delivery point within a building or small group of buildings. For example: TOURIST INFORMATION CENTRE

    This field could also include entries for churches, public houses and libraries.

    • Attribute Name: organisationName (GML), ORGANISATION_NAME (CSV)

    • Condition: Organisation Name or PO Box Number must be present if Building Name or Building Number are all not present.

    • Data Type: LocalisedCharacterString (GML), char (CSV)

    • Multiplicity: [0..1]

    Department name

    For some organisations, department name is indicated because mail is received by subdivisions of the main organisation at distinct delivery points. For example, Organisation Name: ABC COMMUNICATIONS or RM Department Name: MARKETING DEPARTMENT

    • Attribute Name: departmentName (GML), DEPARTMENT_NAME (CSV)

    • Condition: If a Department Name is present, an Organisation Name must also be present.

    • Data Type: LocalisedCharacterString (GML), char (CSV)

    • Multiplicity: [0..1]

    Po box number

    Post Office Box (PO Box) number.

    • Attribute Name: poBoxNumber (GML), PO_BOX_NUMBER (CSV)

    • Condition: Organisation Name or PO Box Number must be present if Building Name or Building Number are all not present.

    • Data Type: CharacterString (GML), char (CSV)

    • Multiplicity: [0..1]

    Sub building name

    The sub-building name and/or number are identifiers for subdivisions of properties.

    For example: Sub-building Name: FLAT 3, Building Name: POPLAR COURT, Thoroughfare: LONDON ROAD

    If the above address is styled 3 POPLAR COURT, all the text will be shown in the Building Name attribute and the Sub-building Name will be empty. The building number will be shown in this field when it contains a range, decimal or non-numeric character (see Building Number).

    • Attribute Name: subBuildingName (GML), SUB_BUILDING_NAME (CSV)

    • Condition: If a Sub Building Name is present, a Building Name or Building Number must also be present.

    • Data Type: LocalisedCharacterString (GML), char (CSV)

    • Multiplicity: [0..1]

    Building name

    The building name is a description applied to a single building or a small group of buildings, such as Highfield House. This also includes those building numbers that contain non-numeric characters, such as 44A.

    Some descriptive names, when included with the rest of the address, are sufficient to identify the property uniquely and unambiguously, for example, MAGISTRATES COURT.

    Sometimes the building name will be a blend of distinctive and descriptive naming, for example, RAILWAY TAVERN (PUBLIC HOUSE) or THE COURT ROYAL (HOTEL).

    • Attribute Name: buildingName (GML), BUILDING_NAME (CSV)

    • Condition: Building Name must be present if Organisation Name or Building Number or PO Box Number are all not present.

    • Data Type: LocalisedCharacterString (GML), char (CSV)

    • Multiplicity: [0..1]

    Building number

    The building number is a number given to a single building or a small group of buildings, thus identifying it from its neighbours, for example, 44. Building numbers that contain a range, decimals or non-numeric characters do not appear in this field but will be found in the buildingName or the sub-BuildingName fields.

    • Attribute Name: buildingNumber (GML), BUILDING_NUMBER (CSV)

    • Condition: Building Number must be present if Organisation Name or Building Name or PO Box Number are all not present.

    • Data Type: Integer (GML), Integer (CSV)

    • Multiplicity: [0..1]

    Thoroughfare

    A thoroughfare in AddressBase is fundamentally a road, track or named access route on which there are Royal Mail delivery points, for example, HIGH STREET.

    • Attribute Name: thoroughfare (GML), THOROUGHFARE (CSV)

    • Data Type: LocalisedCharacterString (GML), char (CSV)

    • Multiplicity: [0..1]

    • Size: 80

    Post town

    The town or city in which the Royal Mail sorting office is located which services this record. There may be more than one, possibly several, sorting offices in a town or city.

    • Attribute Name: postTown (GML), POST_TOWN (CSV)

    • Data Type: LocalisedCharacterString (GML), char (CSV)

    • Multiplicity: [1]

    • Size: 30

    Double dependent locality

    This is used to distinguish between similar thoroughfares or the same thoroughfare within a dependent locality. For example, Millbrook Industrial Estate and Cranford Estate in this situation: BRUNEL WAY, MILLBROOK INDUSTRIAL ESTATE, MILLBROOK, SOUTHAMPTON and BRUNEL WAY, CRANFORD ESTATE, MILLBROOK, SOUTHAMPTON.

    • Attribute Name: doubleDependentLocality (GML), DOUBLE_DEPENDENT_LOCALITY (CSV)

    • Data Type: LocalisedCharacterString (GML), char (CSV)

    • Condition: If a Double Dependent Locality is present, a Dependent Locality must also be present.

    • Multiplicity: [0..1]

    Dependent locality

    Dependent locality areas define an area within a post town. These are only necessary for postal purposes and are used to aid differentiation where there are thoroughfares of the same name in the same locality. For example, HIGH STREET in SHIRLEY and SWAYTHLING in this situation: HIGH STREET, SHIRLEY, SOUTHAMPTON and HIGH STREET, SWAYTHLING, SOUTHAMPTON.

    • Attribute Name: dependentLocality (GML), DEPENDENT_LOCALITY (CSV)

    • Data Type: LocalisedCharacterString (GML), char (CSV)

    • Multiplicity: [0..1]

    • Size: 35

    Postcode

    A postcode is an abbreviated form of address made up of combinations of between five and seven alphanumeric characters. These are used by Royal Mail to help with the automated sorting of mail. A postcode may cover between 1 and 100 addresses.

    There are two main components of a postcode, for example, NW6 4DP:

    • The outward code (or ‘outcode’). The first two–four characters of the postcode constituting the postcode area and the postcode district, for example, NW6. It is the part of the postcode that enables mail to be sent from the accepting office to the correct area for delivery.

    • The inward code (or ‘incode’). The last three characters of the postcode constituting the postcode sector and the postcode unit, example, 4DP. It is used to sort mail at the local delivery office.

    • Attribute Name: postcode (GML), POSTCODE (CSV)

    Postcode type

    Describes the address as a small or large user as defined by Royal Mail.

    • Attribute Name: postcodeType (GML), POSTCODE_TYPE (CSV)

    • Code List Name:

    • Condition: If PO Box number is present Postcode Type must be ‘L’.

    • Multiplicity: [1]

    Position

    A value in metres defining the x and y location in accordance with the British National Grid.

    • Attribute Name: position (GML), X_COORDINATE, Y_COORDINATE (CSV)

    • Data Type: GM_Point (GML), Float (CSV)

    • Multiplicity: [1]

    • Size: X_COORDINATE (precision, scale) – (8, 2), Y_COORDINATE (precision, scale) – (9, 2)

    Position lat long

    A value defining the Longitude and Latitude location in accordance with the ETRS89 coordinate reference system.

    • Attribute Name: positionLatLong (GML), LATITUDE, LONGITUDE (CSV)

    • Data Type: GM_Point (GML), Float (CSV)

    • Multiplicity: [1]

    • Size: LATITUDE (precision, scale) – (9, 7), LONGITUDE (precision, scale) – (8, 7)

    RPC

    Representative Point Code. This code is used to reflect positional accuracy.

    • Attribute Name: rpc (GML), RPC (CSV)

    • Code List Name:

    • Multiplicity: [1]

    • Size: 1

    Country

    The country in which a record can be found.

    • Attribute Name: country (GML), COUNTRY (CSV)

    • Code List Name:

    • Multiplicity: [1]

    • Size: 1

    Change type

    Type of Record Change – please see Section 4 for more information.

    • Attribute Name: changeType (GML), CHANGE_TYPE (CSV)

    • Code List Name:

    • Multiplicity: [1]

    • Size: 1

    LA start date

    The date on which the address record was inserted into the database in the CCYY-MM-DD format.

    • Attribute Name: laStartDate (GML), LA_START_DATE (CSV)

    • Data Type: Date (GML), Date (CSV)

    • Multiplicity: [1]

    • Source: Contributing Local Authority

    RM start date

    Date on which the Royal Mail address was loaded into the NAG (National Address Gazetteer in the CCYY-MM-DD format – as maintained by Geoplace) hub.

    • Attribute Name: rmStartDate (GML), RM_START_DATE (CSV)

    • Data Type: Date (GML), Date (CSV)

    • Multiplicity: [1]

    • Source: Royal Mail

    Last update date

    The date on which any of the attributes on this record were last changed in the CCYY-MM-DD format.

    • Attribute Name: lastUpdateDate (GML), LAST_UPDATE_DATE (CSV)

    • Data Type: Date (GML), Date (CSV)

    • Multiplicity: [1]

    Class

    Primary classification of the address record. For example, identifying the record as commercial (value of ‘C’) or residential (value of ‘R’).

    • Attribute Name: class (GML), CLASS (CSV)

    • Data Type: CharacterString (GML), char (CSV)

    • Multiplicity: [1]

    • Size: 1

    Attributes

    The following sub-sections provide details about the attributes included in AddressBase Core, their data types in the different output formats, and other important metadata about them.

    AddressBase Core attributes

    fid

    A non-persistent integer which is autogenerated and is required within the OGC GPKG format.

    • Attribute Name: Not provided (CSV), fid (GKPG)

    • Data Type: Integer

    • Multiplicity: [1]

    UPRN

    Unique Property Reference Number (UPRN) assigned by the LLPG Custodian or Ordnance Survey.

    • Attribute Name: UPRN (CSV), uprn (GKPG)

    • Data Type: Integer

    • Size: 12

    • Multiplicity: [1]

    Parent UPRN

    UPRN of the parent Record if a parent-child relationship exists.

    • Attribute Name: PARENT_UPRN (CSV), parent_uprn (GKPG)

    • Data Type: Integer

    • Size: 12

    • Multiplicity: [0..1]

    UDPRN

    Royal Mail’s Unique Delivery Point Reference Number (UDPRN).

    • Attribute Name: UDPRN (CSV), udprn (GKPG)

    • Data Type: Integer

    • Size: 8

    • Multiplicity: [0..1]

    USRN

    Unique Street Reference Number assigned by the Street Name and Numbering Custodian OR Ordnance Survey depending on the address record.

    • Attribute Name: USRN (CSV), usrn (GKPG)

    • Data Type: Integer

    • Size: 8

    • Multiplicity: [1]

    TOID

    The Topographic Identifier taken from . This TOID is assigned to the UPRN by performing a spatial intersection between the two identifiers. It consists of the letters ‘osgb’ and is followed by up to sixteen digits.

    • Attribute Name: TOID (CSV), toid (GKPG)

    • Data Type: varchar

    • Size: 20

    • Multiplicity: [0..1]

    Classification code

    A code that describes the classification of the address record to a maximum of a secondary level.

    • Attribute Name: CLASSIFICATION_CODE (CSV), classification_code (GKPG)

    • Data Type: varchar

    • Size: 4

    • Multiplicity: [1]

    You can download a complete list of classification codes at .

    Easting

    A value in metres defining the x location in accordance with the British National Grid.

    • Attribute Name: EASTING (CSV), easting (GKPG)

    • Data Type: Float

    • Size: (precision, scale) – (8, 2)

    • Multiplicity: [1]

    Northing

    A value in metres defining the y location in accordance with the British National Grid.

    • Attribute Name: NORTHING (CSV), northing (GKPG)

    • Data Type: Float

    • Size: (precision, scale) – (9, 2)

    • Multiplicity: [1]

    Latitude

    A value defining the Latitude location in accordance with the ETRS89 coordinate reference system.

    • Attribute Name: LATITUDE (CSV), latitude (GKPG)

    • Data Type: Float

    • Size: (precision, scale) – (9, 7)

    • Multiplicity: [1]

    Longitude

    A value defining the Longitude location in accordance with the ETRS89 coordinate reference system.

    • Attribute Name: LONGITUDE (CSV), longitude (GKPG)

    • Data Type: Float

    • Size: (precision, scale) – (8, 7)

    • Multiplicity: [1]

    RPC

    Representative Point Code: this describes the accuracy of the coordinate that has been allocated to the UPRN as indicated by the Local Authority and enhanced using large scale OS data.

    • Attribute Name: RPC (CSV), rpc (GKPG)

    • Code List Name:

    • Data Type: Integer

    • Size: 1

    Last update date

    The latest date on which any of the attributes on this record were last changed in CCYY-MM-DD format.

    • Attribute Name: LAST_UPDATE_DATE (CSV), last_update_date (GKPG)

    • Data Type: Date

    • Multiplicity: [1]

    Single-line address

    A single attribute containing text concatenation of the address elements separated by a comma.

    • Attribute Name: SINGLE_LINE_ADDRESS (CSV), single_line_address (GKPG)

    • Data Type: varchar

    • Size: 500

    • Multiplicity: [1]

    Po box

    Text concatenation of ‘PO BOX’ and the Post Office Box (PO Box) number or ‘BFPO’ and the British Forces Post Office number.

    • Attribute Name: PO_BOX (CSV), po_box (GKPG)

    • Data Type: varchar

    • Size: 13

    • Multiplicity: [0..1]

    Organisation

    The organisation name is the business name given, when appropriate, to an address record.

    • Attribute Name: ORGANISATION (CSV), organisation (GKPG)

    • Data Type: varchar

    • Size: 100

    • Multiplicity: [0..1]

    Sub building

    The sub-building name and/or number for the address record.

    • Attribute Name: SUB_BUILDING (CSV), sub_building (GKPG)

    • Data Type: varchar

    • Size: 110

    • Multiplicity: [0..1]

    Building name

    The building name is a description applied to a single address or a group of addresses.

    • Attribute Name: BUILDING_NAME (CSV), building_name (GKPG)

    • Data Type: varchar

    • Size: 110

    • Multiplicity: [0..1]

    Building number

    The building number is a number or range of numbers given to a single address or a group of addresses.

    • Attribute Name: BUILDING_NUMBER (CSV), building_number (GKPG)

    • Data Type: varchar

    • Size: 13

    • Multiplicity: [0..1]

    Street name

    Street/Road name for the address record.

    • Attribute Name: STREET_NAME (CSV), street_name (GKPG)

    • Data Type: varchar

    • Size: 100

    • Multiplicity: [0..1]

    Locality

    A locality defines an area or geographical identifier within a town, village or hamlet. Locality represents the lower level geographical area. The locality field should be used in conjunction with the town name and street description fields to uniquely identify geographic area where there may be more than one within an administrative area.

    • Attribute Name: LOCALITY (CSV), locality (GKPG)

    • Data Type: varchar

    • Size: 35

    • Multiplicity: [0..1]

    Town name

    Geographical town name assigned by the Local Authority. Please note this can be different from the Post Town value assigned by Royal Mail.

    • Attribute Name: TOWN_NAME (CSV), town_name (GKPG)

    • Data Type: varchar

    • Size: 35

    • Multiplicity: [0..1]

    Post town

    The town or city in which the Royal Mail sorting office is located which services this address record.

    • Attribute Name: POST_TOWN (CSV), post_town (GKPG)

    • Condition: POST_TOWN is not populated if this is the same as TOWN_NAME

    • Data Type: varchar

    • Size: 30

    Island

    Third level of geographic area name to record island names where appropriate.

    • Attribute Name: ISLAND (CSV), island (GKPG)

    • Data Type: varchar

    • Size: 50

    • Multiplicity: [0..1]

    Postcode

    Third level of geographic area name to record island names where appropriate.

    • Attribute Name: POSTCODE (CSV), postcode (GKPG)

    • Data Type: varchar

    • Size: 8

    • Multiplicity: [1]

    Delivery point suffix

    A two-character code uniquely identifying an individual delivery point within a postcode, assigned by Royal Mail.

    • Attribute Name: DELIVERY_POINT_SUFFIX (CSV), delivery_point-suffix (GKPG)

    • Data Type: varchar

    • Size: 2

    • Multiplicity: [0..1]

    GSS code

    The Office for National Statistics Governmental Statistical Service (GSS) code representing the contributing Local Authority.

    • Attribute Name: GSS_CODE (CSV), gss_code (GKPG)

    • Data Type: varchar

    • Size: 9

    • Multiplicity: [0..1]

    You can download a complete list of GSS codes at .

    Change code

    Type of record change.

    • Attribute Name: CHANGE_CODE (CSV), change_code (GKPG)

    • Code List Name:

    • Data Type: varchar

    • Size: 1

    Supply and update

    The primary supply mechanism of AddressBase Core is a Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS). A MGBS supply is a supply of data for the whole of Great Britain; it is provided as a single file containing all records with headers already included (CSV) or the structure already defined (GPKG).

    Public Sector Geospatial Agreement (PSGA) customers are also able to order individual or multiple 5km tiles of interest rather than a MGBS if they wish. This can be ordered as a Full Supply (GKPG and CSV formats) or Changed Tiles (CSV format only).

    OS Partners are also able to access tile supplies.

    Managed Great Britain Set (Unzipped)

    If you receive your data as a MGBS; the filename will be constructed as (unzipped):

    productName_supply_ccyy-mm-dd_vvv.format

    Where:

    • productName: AddressBaseCore supply is defined as FULL or COU

    • ccyy-mm-dd: The date the file was generated

    • vvv: The volume number of the file

    Managed Great Britain Set (zipped)

    If the data has been provided in a ZIP file the following convention will be followed:

    productName_supply_ccyy-mm-dd_vv.format.zip

    For example:

    • AddressBaseCore_FULL_2020-07-01_001.csv.zip (CSV full supply zipped)

    5km tile supplies (Unzipped CSV)

    If you order a CSV format for one tile or a selection tiles, the filename of each tile will be:

    ngxxyy.format

    Where:

    • ngxxyy: The four-digit grid reference belonging to the 1km south-west corner of the 5km chunk.

    • format: The format of the files received, i.e. csv.

    For example:

    • NC4040.csv (CSV Tile supply)

    5km Tile Supplies (zipped CSV)

    If the data has been provided in a ZIP file the following convention will be followed for each tile:

    ngxxyy.zip

    For example:

    • NC4040.zip (Tile supply zipped)

    5km Tile Supplies (Unzipped GPKG)

    If you order a GPKG format for one tile or a selection tiles, the filename will be constructed as:

    OrderID.format

    Where:

    • OrderID: The ID that is assigned to each order

    • format: The format of the files received, that is, gkpg

    For example:

    • 1002-1700-RAND-1000.gpkg (CSV Tile Supply)

    Geographic chunks (zipped GPKG)

    If the data has been provided in a ZIP file the following convention will be followed:

    OrderID.format.zip

    For example:

    • 1002-1700-RAND-1000.gpkg.zip (Tile supply zipped)

    COU supply

    AddressBase Core is available as a Full Supply or Change Only Update (COU) for MGBS supplies. A COU supply of data contains records or files that have changed between product refresh cycles. The primary benefit in supplying data in this way is that volumes are smaller reducing the amount of data that requires processing when compared to a Full Supply.

    COU data enables you to identify three types of change if they are using the Managed Great Britain Sets of data:

    1. Deletes (CHANGE_TYPE ‘D’) are objects that have ceased to exist in your area of interest since the last product refresh.

    2. Inserts (CHANGE_TYPE ‘I’) are objects that have been newly inserted into your area of interest since the last product refresh.

    3. Updates (CHANGE_TYPE ‘U’) are objects that have been updated in your area of interest since the last product refresh.

    Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS) COU

    A COU file for MGBS data can be identified by its naming convention as detailed in previous sections.

    Any change record will be provided as a full record with the appropriate change type, as listed above.

    Tile supply COU

    A tile-based COU is supplied differently to the MGBS supplies. If a single address record has changed within a specified 5km tile, the entire 5km tile containing all features will be supplied. This means the user will need to remove all features that previously existed in the provided tile(s) and insert the entire new tile(s) in its place.

    Archiving

    When users are Deleting, Inserting or Updating features it is up to the user to consider their archiving requirements. If deleted records are important to your business requirements you must take appropriate action to archive previous records.

    AddressBase Products May 2024 – Epoch 110

    This release note provides information about the May 2024 release of the AddressBase products. These products were released to customers on 16 May 2024.

    Record Counts

    Product
    Full Supply Record Count[1]
    Change-Only Update Record Count[2]

    AddressBase Products April 2024 – Epoch 109

    This release note provides information about the April 2024 release of the AddressBase products. These products were released to customers on 05 April 2024.

    Record Counts

    Product
    Full Supply Record Count[1]
    Change-Only Update Record Count[2]

    Working with GPKG data

    This is not an extensive list of the applications AddressBase Core can be used in; many other GIS software applications and/or databases can be used to load the product.

    Ordnance Survey does not recommend specific suppliers or software products, as the most appropriate system will depend on many factors, for example, the amount of data being taken, resources available within the organisation, the existing and planned information technology infrastructure and the applications that AddressBase products can be used for

    Loading data into GIS applications

    AddressBase

    AddressBase provides a current view of all Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF) addresses that have been matched to the National Land and Property Gazetteer (NLPG) and One Scotland Gazetteer (OSG). The product provides Royal Mail attribution as well as enhancing the Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF) data with X and Y coordinates on the British National Grid and ETRS89 coordinate reference system and providing the classification of an address to a primary level. It also provides a primary level classification.

    This product will provide you with a single view of an address, allow you to locate this address on a map to give you a geographic view and carry out primary analysis on the function of the address to determine, for example, residential from commercial properties.

    This product is updated every six weeks.

    Example records

    The following section provides example records for both the CSV and GML supplies. Please note that the data given is to provide an example only and should not to be used as accurate data.

    CSV supply

    Original feature – AddressBase CSV

    format: The format of the files received, for example, csv or gkpg For example:
    • AddressBaseCore_FULL_2020-07-01_001.gkpg (GKPG full supply)

    • AddressBaseCore_COU_2020-07-01_001.csv (CSV COU supply)

    Source: Contributing Local Authority / Ordnance Survey

    Source: Ordnance Survey

    Source: Royal Mail

  • Size: 60

  • Source: Royal Mail

  • Size: 60

  • Source: Royal Mail

  • Size: 6

  • Source: Royal Mail

  • Size: 30

  • Source: Royal Mail

  • Size: 50

  • Source: Royal Mail

  • Size: 4

  • Source: Royal Mail

  • Source: Royal Mail

    Source: Royal Mail

  • Size: 35

  • Source: Royal Mail

  • Source: Royal Mail

    Data Type: CharacterString (GML), char (CSV)
  • Multiplicity: [1]

  • Size: 8

  • Source: Royal Mail

  • Size: 1

  • Source: Royal Mail

  • Source: Contributing Local Authority/Ordnance Survey

    Source: Ordnance Survey

    Source: Contributing Local Authority

    Source: Contributing Local Authority

    PostcodeTypeCode
    RPCCode
    CountryCode
    ChangeTypeCode

    Multiplicity: [1]

    Multiplicity: [0..1]

    Multiplicity: [1]

    OS MasterMap Topography Layer
    Classification codes
    RPCCode
    Government Statistical Services codes
    ChangeTypeCode
    'Working with COU data' page in the AddressBase Core Getting Started Guide

    I (INSERT)

    SN4 0HJ

    1A

    E06000030

    I

    SU2075

    MARLBOROUGH

    SN8 1SZ

    1A

    E06000054

    I

    SU2075

    MARLBOROUGH

    SN8 1SZ

    1B

    E06000054

    I

    SU2075

    INSERT INTO addressbase_core_cou SELECT * FROM abcore.abcore_cou; COMMIT;
    Toolbar about map for selecting an AOI in OS Data Hub
    Diagram showing what is supplied in a tiled order
    An illustration of AddressBase Core format, coverage, and supply types specifically for tile supplies
    Diagram show relationship between GeoPlace, Ordnance Survey, LLPGs, Royal Mail, Scottish LGs
    COU feature – AddressBase CSV

    GML supply

    Original feature – AddressBase GML

    Please note how not all attributes are provided where the field is null.

    COU feature – AddressBase GML

    100100077917,"osgb1000002283010753",4201646,"","", "","","",166,"","LLANDAFF
    ROAD","CARDIFF","","","CF11 9PX","S",316348.00,177163.00, 50.7268511, -3.5366289, 1,"E","I",2001-05- 10,2001-05-10,2007-08-29,"R"
    Changed fields are highlighted in red. 100100077917,"osgb1000002283010753",4201646,"","", "","","",166,"","LLANDAFF
    ROAD","CARDIFF","","","CF11 9PX","S",316348.00,177163.00, 50.7268511,- 3.5366289, 2,"E","U",2001-05- 10,2001-05-10,2010-06-04,"R"
    <abs:addressMember>
      <abs:Address gml:id="uk.addressbase.uprn.100040205844">
        <abs:uprn>100040205844</abs:uprn>
        <abs:osAddressTOID>osgb1000002274362298</abs:osAddressTOID>
        <abs:udprn>8782432</abs:udprn>
        <abs:subBuildingName xml:lang="en">FLAT C</abs:subBuildingName>
        <abs:buildingName xml:lang="en">PEMBROKE HOUSE</abs:buildingName>
        <abs:buildingNumber>4</abs:buildingNumber>
        <abs:thoroughfare xml:lang="en">BYSTOCK TERRACE</abs:thoroughfare>
        <abs:postTown xml:lang="en">EXETER</abs:postTown>
        <abs:postcode>EX4 4HY</abs:postcode>
        <abs:postcodeType>S</abs:postcodeType>
        <abs:position>
          <gml:Point srsName="urn:ogc:def:crs:EPSG::27700" gml:id="uk.addressbase.uprn.p.100040205844">
            <gml:pos>291640.00 93040.00</gml:pos>
          </gml:Point>
        </abs:position>
        <abs:positionLatLong>
          <gml:Point srsName="urn:ogc:def:crs:EPSG::4258" gml:id="uk.addressbase.uprn.pl.100040205844">
            <gml:pos>50.7268511 -3.5366289</gml:pos>
          </gml:Point>
        </abs:positionLatLong>
        <abs:rpc>1</abs:rpc>
        <abs:country>E</abs:country>
        <abs:changeType>I</abs:changeType>
        <abs:laStartDate>2001-04-04</abs:laStartDate>
        <abs:rmStartDate>2001-04-04</abs:rmStartDate>
        <abs:lastUpdateDate>2001-04-04</abs:lastUpdateDate>
        <abs:class>R</abs:class>
      </abs:Address>
    </abs:addressMember>
    Changed fields are highlighted in red.
    <abs:addressMember>
      <abs:Address gml:id="uk.addressbase.uprn.100040205844">
        <abs:uprn>100040205844</abs:uprn>
        <abs:osAddressTOID>osgb1000002274362298</abs:osAddressTOID>
        <abs:udprn>8782432</abs:udprn>
        <abs:subBuildingName xml:lang="en">FLAT C</abs:subBuildingName>
        <abs:buildingName xml:lang="en">PEMBROKE HOUSE</abs:buildingName>
        <abs:buildingNumber>4</abs:buildingNumber>
        <abs:thoroughfare xml:lang="en">BYSTOCK TERRACE</abs:thoroughfare>
        <abs:postTown xml:lang="en">EXETER</abs:postTown>
        <abs:postcode>EX4 4HY</abs:postcode>
        <abs:postcodeType>S</abs:postcodeType>
        <abs:position>
          <gml:Point srsName="urn:ogc:def:crs:EPSG::27700" gml:id="uk.addressbase.uprn.p.100040205844">
            <gml:pos>291640.00 93040.00</gml:pos>
          </gml:Point>
        </abs:position>
        <abs:positionLatLong>
          <gml:Point srsName="urn:ogc:def:crs:EPSG::4258" gml:id="uk.addressbase.uprn.pl.100040205844">
            <gml:pos>50.7268511 -3.5366289</gml:pos>
          </gml:Point>
        </abs:positionLatLong>
        <abs:rpc>2</abs:rpc>
        <abs:country>E</abs:country>
        <abs:changeType>U</abs:changeType>
        <abs:laStartDate>2001-04-04</abs:laStartDate>
        <abs:rmStartDate>2001-04-04</abs:rmStartDate>
        <abs:lastUpdateDate>2010-06-04</abs:lastUpdateDate>
        <abs:class>R</abs:class>
      </abs:Address>
    </abs:addressMember>

    AddressBase

    30 469 019

    134 626

    AddressBase Plus

    38 049 740

    578 629

    AddressBase Premium

    See rows below

    See rows below

    Street

    1 505 809

    7 967

    Street Descriptor

    1 628 740

    2 522

    BLPU

    40 784 183

    324 106

    Classification

    44 648 493

    127 133

    LPI

    45 923 590

    137 049

    Organisation

    1 419 009

    16 669

    Delivery Point Address

    30 574 064

    69 329

    Application Cross Ref.

    197 792 553

    716 937

    Successor

    0

    0

    1. These counts are based on a Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS). If you have ordered your national coverage via the online ordering system using a polygon outline, then your counts may differ.

    2. Change-Only Updates are not available for the OS Open UPRN product.

    Product Supply Comparison

    There is a difference in product counts between taking a national Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS) and a national Area of Interest (AOI). This is because the two supplies use different selection criteria. The differences are shown in the following table, allowing for you to validate your data holdings once you have loaded the latest release of AddressBase data.

    The national AOI refers to the pre-selection GB polygon from our download store. Therefore, if you have drawn your own AOI, the count will vary.

    If you are unsure of your supply type, please check this with your OS Relationship Manager.

    Product
    MGBS Full Count
    National AOI Full Count
    Difference

    AddressBase

    30 469 019

    30 469 019

    0

    AddressBase Plus

    38 049 740

    38 049 721

    19

    AddressBase Premium

    See rows below

    See rows below

    Changed Records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following tables detail the numbers of these records which can be expected in an MGBS supply,and also how many tiles are affected if you take your supply as Changed Chunks.

    AddressBase

    Change Type
    Count

    Inserts

    40 382

    Updates

    82 823

    Deletes

    11 421

    COU Populated Tile Count

    5 315

    AddressBase Plus

    Change Type
    Count

    Inserts

    49 477

    Updates

    515 781

    Deletes

    13 371

    COU Populated Tile Count

    7 232

    AddressBase Premium

    AddressBase Premium Table
    Inserts
    Updates
    Deletes

    Street

    1 489

    6 452

    26

    Street Descriptor

    1 615

    881

    26

    BLPU

    43 791

    276 622

    Source Data Currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of Epoch 110:

    Data Source
    Date

    Royal Mail PAF

    11 April 2024

    National Land and Property Gazetteer

    11 April 2024

    One Scotland Gazetteer

    25 March 2024

    VOA Non-Domestic Rates

    08 April 2024

    VOA Council Tax

    08 April 2024

    OS MasterMap Topography Layer

    03 April 2024

    Data Issues

    AddressBase Plus Issues

    Affected output formats: CSV and GML

    • There are 5 420 Unique Property Reference Numbers (UPRNs) which reference a Parent UPRN which cannot be found in the product. This is because the Parent UPRN is either provisional or historic and is not matched to the Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF) or Valuation Office Agency (VOA) record, meaning that it is not included in the AddressBase Plus product as per the existing background logic rules.

    • There are 240 records with a sao_start_no or sao_text that have no Parent UPRN in the product. This is because the Parent UPRN is a historical record which is included as part of the logic for record inclusion in the AddressBase Plus product.

    Improvements in Epoch 110

    Valuation Office Agency Matching

    The match rates for Council Tax and Non-Domestic Rates for Epoch 110 are detailed as follows based on Valuation Office Agency (VOA) records up to 08 April 2024. The match rate is applicable to the AddressBase Premium product.

    Data Source
    Records Received
    % Matched

    Council Tax

    27 058 858

    99.92

    Non-Domestic Rates

    2 123 768

    96.44

    Tertiary Classifications

    Work is being undertaken to improve the classifications of records within the AddressBase products. This work has resulted in 38 568 more tertiary classifications present in Epoch 110 compared to Epoch 109. Indeed, 88.75% of these tertiary classification improvements are against residential codes.

    PAF Matching

    The following graph shows the number of Postcode Address File (PAF) matched records in AddressBase by epoch:

    Graph showing the number of Postcode Address File (PAF) matched records in AddressBase by epoch

    Next Release

    The next release of AddressBase products, Epoch 111, is scheduled for 27 June 2024.

    OS Open UPRN

    40 784 183

    N/A

    It's important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Further guidance on this can be found in.

    AddressBase

    30 440 058

    141 664

    AddressBase Plus

    38 013 634

    641 116

    AddressBase Premium

    See rows below

    See rows below

    Street

    1 504 346

    5 403

    Street Descriptor

    1 627 151

    2 603

    BLPU

    40 744 085

    1 651 993

    Classification

    44 612 110

    167 219

    LPI

    45 869 982

    152 914

    Organisation

    1 415 880

    17 270

    Delivery Point Address

    30 544 920

    69 763

    Application Cross Ref.

    197 640 540

    614 650

    Successor

    0

    0

    1. Change-Only Updates are not available for the OS Open UPRN product.

    2. These counts are based on a Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS). If you have ordered your national coverage via the online ordering system using a polygon outline, then your counts may differ.

    Product Supply Comparison

    There is a difference in product counts between taking a national Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS) and a national Area of Interest (AOI). This is because the two supplies use different selection criteria. The differences are shown in the following table, allowing for you to validate your data holdings once you have loaded the latest release of AddressBase data.

    The national AOI refers to the pre-selection GB polygon from our download store. Therefore, if you have drawn your own AOI, the count will vary.

    If you are unsure of your supply type, please check this with your OS Relationship Manager.

    Product
    MGBS Full Count
    National AOI Full Count
    Difference

    AddressBase

    30 440 058

    30 440 058

    0

    AddressBase Plus

    38 013 634

    38 013 615

    19

    AddressBase Premium

    See rows below

    See rows below

    Changed Records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following tables detail the numbers of these records which can be expected in an MGBS supply,and also how many tiles are affected if you take your supply as Changed Chunks.

    AddressBase

    Change Type
    Count

    Inserts

    38 002

    Updates

    91 196

    Deletes

    12 466

    COU Populated Tile Count

    5 410

    AddressBase Plus

    Change Type
    Count

    Inserts

    55 152

    Updates

    571 494

    Deletes

    14 470

    COU Populated Tile Count

    7 157

    AddressBase Premium

    AddressBase Premium Table
    Inserts
    Updates
    Deletes

    Street

    1 560

    3 826

    17

    Street Descriptor

    1 603

    982

    18

    BLPU

    54 407

    1 594 091

    Source Data Currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of Epoch 109:

    Data Source

    Date

    Royal Mail PAF

    01 March 2024

    National Land and Property Gazetteer

    01 March 2024

    One Scotland Gazetteer

    12 February 2024

    VOA Non-Domestic Rates

    26 February 2024

    VOA Council Tax

    26 February 2024

    OS MasterMap Topography Layer

    20 February 2024

    Data Issues

    AddressBase Plus Issues

    Affected output formats: CSV and GML

    • There are 5 021 Unique Property Reference Numbers (UPRNs) which reference a Parent UPRN which cannot be found in the product. This is because the Parent UPRN is either provisional or historic and is not matched to the Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF) or Valuation Office Agency (VOA) record, meaning that it is not included in the AddressBase Plus product as per the existing background logic rules.

    • There are 254 records with a sao_start_no or sao_text that have no Parent UPRN in the product. This is because the Parent UPRN is a historical record which is included as part of the logic for record inclusion in the AddressBase Plus product.

    Improvements in Epoch 109

    Valuation Office Agency Matching

    The match rates for Council Tax and Non-Domestic Rates for Epoch 109 are detailed as follows based on Valuation Office Agency (VOA) records up to 26 February 2024. The match rate is applicable to the AddressBase Premium product.

    Data Source

    Records Received

    % Matched

    Council Tax

    27 033 727

    99.95

    Non-Domestic Rates

    2 120 769

    96.58

    Tertiary Classifications

    Work is being undertaken to improve the classifications of records within the AddressBase products. This work has resulted in 47 161 more tertiary classifications present in Epoch 109 compared to Epoch 108. Indeed, 88.77% of these tertiary classification improvements are against residential codes.

    PAF Matching

    The following graph shows the number of Postcode Address File (PAF) matched records in AddressBase by epoch:

    Graph showing the number of Postcode Address File (PAF) matched records in AddressBase by epoch

    Notification of Epoch 109’s Improvement in Historic BLPU State Code Completeness and Large Release Size

    Summary

    This release includes an enhancement in the clarity and consistency of lifecycle representation within product.

    A conformance improvement has been delivered for BLPU State attribute for records where the BLPU Logical Status was 8 (historic) and BLPU State was null; for increased completeness, BLPU State Code has been populated with value 4 (no longer existing) and date stamped for the change applied.

    Issue description

    The BLPU state identifies the current lifecycle stage of a property (or object) and is additional to the mandatory LOGICAL_ STATUS field.

    BLPU State Code Enumeration

    The BLPU code is an optional attribute for Local Authority Custodians to complete and therefore this attribute may be NULL in product.

    An improvement to the completeness of the BLPU State Code was identified as a quality enhancement for lifecycle information as values for BLPU state code 4 can be accurately inferred from a Logical Status of 8. This enhancement allows the data to be interpreted more easily by removing conflict between addresses with a historic logical status and no BLPU state.

    All nations within GB and the Islands product regions will benefit from this improvement, as such, it impacts approximately 1.2 million records for a Full Supply.

    Impact

    This quality improvement means a larger than usual supply of COUs in this release.

    Next Release

    The next release of AddressBase products, Epoch 110, is scheduled for 16 May 2024.

    OS OpenUPRN

    40 744 085

    N/A

    It's important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Further guidance on this can be found in.

    This section provides step-by-step instructions on how to load the GPKG format of AddressBase Core into commonly-used GIS software.
    ArcGIS Pro

    Note - These instructions are based on ArcGIS Pro version 2.3.3. More recent releases should perform in a similar manner.

    1. Create a new blank map project in ArcGIS Pro and select an appropriate map backdrop to use as context against which to display the data. Ensure that the coordinate reference system is set to British National Grid

    2. Open the Catalog panel on the right-hand side of the main window.

    3. Right-click on Folders and select Add a new folder connection.

    4. Browse to the location of the GKPG file for the AddressBase Core product and select that folder.

    Note - Allow it a little time to make the connection as the ArcGIS Indexing server works in the background on the GPKG file before it is displayed. The national AddressBase Core GeoPackage file is over 13GB in size, so this will take a few minutes. When the process is complete, the AddressBase Core GPKG should appear as a database in the Catalog panel.

    Note - The coordinate reference system of the basemap should be set to British National Grid before loading the main.abcore_address element into the map backdrop.

    1. In the selected folder, click the arrow to the left of the GPKG file to expose the component element. This is the file which contains the data.

    2. Right-click on the abcore element – in this example, main.abcore_address – and then select Add to Current Map.

    3. It will now appear in the Contents panel on the left-hand side of the main map window. Give the application a few minutes to load the data, especially if loading a national set. The screenshot below shows a smaller GPKG covering part of Hampshire which has been loaded into ArcGIS Pro using the method described above.

    ArcMap

    Note - These instructions are based on ArcMap version 10.5.1. More recent releases should perform in a similar manner.

    1. In Arc Catalog, connect to the folder that contains the AB_Core GeoPackage data. You will need to create a new folder connection if one doesn't exist. In the example below, the connection in Arc Catalog has been made and the GPKG has been expanded to show the main.abcore_address element containing the AB_Core data within the GKPG. This data which will be added to the backdrop mapping in ArcMap.

    2. In ArcMap, click Add Data.

    3. In the Add Data dialog:

      • Navigate to the folder which contains the GPKG.

      • Click on the main AB_Core element within the GPKG to select it.

      • Click Add.

    QGIS

    Note - These instructions are based on QGIS version 3.10.5. More recent releases should perform in a similar manner.

    1. Launch QGIS and select a suitable mapping backdrop to provide geographical context. The example below uses the open dataset, OS Zoomstack, to provide a mapping context.

    2. When loading CSV data, ensure that the map window coordinate reference system is set to EPSG 27700 (British National Grid).

    3. Click the Add Vector Layer icon in the in the Manage Layers toolbar on the left. To activate this toolbar, go to View > Toolbars > Manage Layers toolbar and make sure that Manage Layers Toolbar option is selected.

    4. In Data Source Manager | Vector, click the ... (three dots) to the right of the Vector Dataset(s) field.

    5. In Open OGR Supported Vector Dataset(s), browse to the location of the folder in which the GPKG file is located, select the file to be loaded, and click OK.

      Note - You can filter other files in the folder which are not GKPGs by setting the files of type box (in the bottom right-hand corner of the window) to GeoPackage (*.gkpg *.GKPG)

    6. In Data Source Manager | Vector, click Add. The GPKG data will now load into QGIS.

    7. Click Close. The GKPG data is loaded into the map area. You can now interrogate and style the data with the tools available within QGIS.

      Note - The GKPG data does not need a spatial index to be created as that indexing is normally held within the GeoPackage itself.

    MapInfo Professional

    Note - These instructions are based on MapInfo Professional version 16.0.4. More recent releases should perform in a similar manner.

    Note - Versions of MapInfo Professional before the 16.0.0 release do not support the GPKG format. Versions from 16.0.0 onwards fully support the format.

    1. Launch MapInfo Professional.

    2. Load a suitable backdrop map to provide context for the AB_Core data. This can be map data held locally or from a wide variety of online sources, some of which are free to use. This example uses the OS Maps API light backdrop map, with the coordinate reference system set to EPSG 27700 (British National Grid).

    3. Select Table in the top menu and then select Open > Table. You can also do this using a quick launch button if it has been set up in MapInfo Professional.

    4. In the Open dialog:

      • Navigate to the AB_Core GPKG folder location.

      • Files of type: Select GeoPackage (*.gpkg).

      • Preferred View: Select Current Mapper. This ensures that the data will display against the selected backdrop contextual mapping.

    5. In the Select One or More Tables to Open dialog: In this dialog you can change the style of the loaded data one of several different available styles.

    6. Select a style and click OK.

    7. Click OK. You can also specify the location of the newly created .TAB folder which will source the GKPG.

    8. The GeoPackage data now loads into the map area. You can interrogate that data using any of the available tools.

    9. You can easily browse the data by right-clicking on the new GKPG layer in the content panel and selecting Browse.

    10. A new browser tab will appear alongside the map tab in the main display area.

    11. Save the workspace in MapInfo Professional for future use.

    CadCorp Map Modeller

    Note - These instructions are based on CadCorp Map Modeller version 9.

    1. Launch CadCorp Map Modeller.

    2. Add a suitable backdrop map for use as a contextual backdrop:

      • Open a blank map and ensure that the default coordinate reference system is set to British National Grid.

      • Select Add Overlay.

      • In Overlay Types, select Web > Tile Dataset, and then select Next.

      • In Tile Dataset, expand Ordnance Survey (GB) > OS Open Zoomstack, select one of the available styles and then click Finish.

        The backdrop map will load. Our example uses the 'Road' style version of the OS Open Zoomstack data as a backdrop. For this option, an internet connection is required. You could use a locally held overlay of data as an alternative option.

    3. To add the GPKG data:

      • Click Add Overlay in the top menu.

      • In Overlay Types, select Files > File and then click Next.

    4. In File Browser, locate the folder in which the AB_Core data is stored, select the GKPG file, and then click Finish. Set the file type box (bottom right-hand field) to All known formats.

      The GPKG data will now load into CadCorp Map Modeller. The AB_Core entry will display in the list of Maps in the left panel and the GPKG data should display against the backdrop map in the map area.

    Displaying the address location

    You may need to change the styling to make the AB_Core data visible:

    1. Right-click the AB_Core GPKG entry and select Properties.

    2. In Overlays > Styles experiment with the symbol and point size options and click OK when satisfied.

      This example uses a circle (Symbol field) and a point size of -0.05 (Point field) to make the data stand out against the backdrop mapping.

    Please see Getting started with AddressBase products for instructions on how to load and work with AddressBase data; this is a composite guide for AddressBase, AddressBase Plus and AddressBase Plus Islands.

    Precision identification

    Identify a property and locate it on a map with precision – using the X and Y coordinates we’ve assigned to the Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF) data.

    Understand the nation with PAF

    Every address geo data record provides Royal Mail address information from PAF, the Unique Delivery Point Reference Number (UDPRN) and X and Y coordinates.

    Reduce marketing costs

    Our basic classifications – residential or commercial – will reduce the costs and increase the effectiveness of your direct marketing.

    Confidence in data

    In customer services, the need for accuracy is paramount. Have confidence in your front-line staff’s ability to look up addresses on a database of millions, quickly and efficiently.

    • Access: Download

    • Data theme: Address

    • Data structure: Vector – Points

    • Coverage: Great Britain

    House to flat conversions

    To find out details such as houses that have been converted to flats, you'll need AddressBase Plus. it includes current properties and addresses sourced from local authorities, Ordnance Survey and Royal Mail. These are all matched to the UPRN and structured in a flat-file model.

    AddressBase Plus has more records than AddressBase as it includes objects without postal addresses such as places of worship and community centres – as well as sub-divided properties. It lets you locate an address or property on a map, through the assigned X and Y coordinates.

    Crucially, the cross-referencing information with OS MasterMap products via Topographic Identifiers (TOIDs) means you can view address data within a wider context.

    How to get this product

    Access to this product is free for Public Sector Geospatial Agreement (PSGA) Members. Find out if you are a PSGA Member or download a sample of AddressBase data by accessing the AddressBase product page of the OS website, which has links to all of the relevant resources. Alternatively, you can try out the full product by applying for a Data Exploration license.

    Visualise AddressBase data online

    Representation of AddressBase data showing address data as red dots against a background map
    Representation of AddressBase data

    AddressBase Products November 2024 – Epoch 114

    This release note provides information about the November 2024 (Epoch 114) release of the AddressBase products. These products were released to customers on 07 November 2024.

    Update to the location of AddressBase technical documentation and release notes

    AddressBase family product technical documentation (including technical specifications, release notes, getting started guides, etc.) is now available on the new OS Download Products’ Documentation Platform. This platform is the new central location for all technical documentation for OS Premium and OpenData Download products (such as AddressBase, OS MasterMap Topography Layer, OS Open UPRN, etc.).

    Over the next few months, the old PDFs containing product technical documentation will be removed from the product pages of the OS website and replaced by links to the refreshed documentation on the new platform.

    Release notes for AddressBase products are available on the new platform; simply navigate to the new platform and click Addressing and location portfolio > AddressBase Core Principles > Release Notes. Static PDF release notes for the AddressBase products will be replaced by digital release notes on the new platform over the next few months.

    Record counts

    Product
    Full Supply Record Count[1]
    Change-Only Update Record Count[2]
    1. These counts are based on a Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS). If you have ordered your national coverage via the online ordering system using a polygon outline, then your counts may differ.

    2. Change-Only Updates are not available for the OS Open UPRN product.

    Product supply comparison

    There is a difference in product counts between taking a national Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS) and a national Area of Interest (AOI). This is because the two supplies use different selection criteria. The differences are shown in the following table, allowing for you to validate your data holdings once you have loaded the latest release of AddressBase data.

    The national AOI refers to the pre-selection GB polygon from our download store. Therefore, if you have drawn your own AOI, the count will vary.

    If you are unsure of your supply type, please check this with your OS Relationship Manager.

    Product
    MGBS Full Count
    National AOI Full Count
    Difference

    Changed records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following tables detail the numbers of these records which can be expected in an MGBS supply, and also how many tiles are affected if you take your supply as Changed Chunks.

    AddressBase

    Change Type
    Count

    AddressBase Plus

    Change Type
    Count

    AddressBase Premium

    AddressBase Premium Table
    Inserts
    Updates
    Deletes

    Source data currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of Epoch 114:

    Data Source
    Date

    Data issues

    AddressBase Plus issues

    Affected output formats: CSV and GML

    • There are 6 038 Unique Property Reference Numbers (UPRNs) which reference a Parent UPRN that cannot be found in the product. This is because the Parent UPRN is either provisional or historic and is not matched to the Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF) or Valuation Office Agency (VOA) record, meaning that it is not included in the AddressBase Plus product as per the existing background logic rules.

    • There are 211 records with a sao_start_no or sao_text that have no Parent UPRN in the product. This is because the Parent UPRN is a historical record which is included as part of the logic for record inclusion in the AddressBase Plus products.

    Improvements in Epoch 114

    Valuation Office Agency matching

    The match rates for Council Tax and Non-Domestic Rates for Epoch 114 are detailed as follows based on Valuation Office Agency (VOA) records up to 01 October 2024. The match rate is applicable to the AddressBase Premium product.

    Data Source
    Records Received
    % Matched

    Tertiary classifications

    Work is being undertaken to improve the classifications of records within the AddressBase products. This work has resulted in 37 159 more tertiary classifications present in Epoch 114 compared to Epoch 113. Indeed, 88.71% of these tertiary classification improvements are against residential codes.

    PAF matching

    The following graph shows the number of Postcode Address File (PAF) matched records in AddressBase by epoch:

    Next release

    The next release of AddressBase products, Epoch 115, is scheduled for 19 December 2024.

    AddressBase Products June 2024 – Epoch 111

    This release note provides information about the June 2024 release of the AddressBase products. These products were released to customers on 27 June 2024.

    Record Counts

    Product
    Full Supply Record Count[1]
    Change-Only Update Record Count[2]

    OS OpenUPRN

    40 825 714

    1. These counts are based on a Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS). If you have ordered your national coverage via the online ordering system using a polygon outline, then your counts may differ.

    2. Change-Only Updates are not available for the OS Open UPRN product.

    Product Supply Comparison

    There is a difference in product counts between taking a national Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS) and a national Area of Interest (AOI). This is because the two supplies use different selection criteria. The differences are shown in the following table, allowing for you to validate your data holdings once you have loaded the latest release of AddressBase data.

    The national AOI refers to the pre-selection GB polygon from our download store. Therefore, if you have drawn your own AOI, the count will vary.

    If you are unsure of your supply type, please check this with your OS Relationship Manager.

    Product
    MGBS Full Count
    National AOI Full Count
    Difference

    Changed Records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following tables detail the numbers of these records which can be expected in an MGBS supply,and also how many tiles are affected if you take your supply as Changed Chunks.

    AddressBase

    Change Type
    Count

    AddressBase Plus

    Change Type
    Count

    AddressBase Premium

    AddressBase Premium Table
    Inserts
    Updates
    Deletes

    Source Data Currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of Epoch 111:

    Data Source
    Date

    Data Issues

    AddressBase Plus Issues

    Affected output formats: CSV and GML

    • There are 6 189 Unique Property Reference Numbers (UPRNs) which reference a Parent UPRN which cannot be found in the product. This is because the Parent UPRN is either provisional or historic and is not matched to the Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF) or Valuation Office Agency (VOA) record, meaning that it is not included in the AddressBase Plus product as per the existing background logic rules.

    • There are 254 records with a sao_start_no or sao_text that have no Parent UPRN in the product. This is because the Parent UPRN is a historical record which is included as part of the logic for record inclusion in the AddressBase Plus product.

    Improvements in Epoch 111

    Valuation Office Agency Matching

    The match rates for Council Tax and Non-Domestic Rates for Epoch 111 are detailed as follows based on Valuation Office Agency (VOA) records up to 20th May 2024. The match rate is applicable to the AddressBase Premium product.

    Data Source
    Records Received
    % Matched

    Tertiary Classifications

    Work is being undertaken to improve the classifications of records within the AddressBase products. This work has resulted in 40 932 more tertiary classifications present in Epoch 111 compared to Epoch 110. Indeed, 88.74% of these tertiary classification improvements are against residential codes.

    PAF Matching

    The following graph shows the number of Postcode Address File (PAF) matched records in AddressBase by epoch:

    Next Release

    The next release of AddressBase products, Epoch 112, is scheduled for 15 August 2024.

    AddressBase Islands January 2024 – Epoch 107

    This release note provides information about the January 2024 (Epoch 107) release of the AddressBase Islands products. These products were released to customers on 03 January 2024.

    Record counts

    Product
    Full Supply Record Count
    Change-Only Update Record Count

    See rows below

    Street

    1 505 809

    1 505 808

    1

    Street Descriptor

    1 628 740

    1 628 739

    1

    BLPU

    40 784 183

    40 784 160

    23

    Classification

    44 648 493

    44 648 470

    23

    LPI

    45 923 590

    45 923 566

    24

    Organisation

    1 419 009

    1 419 007

    2

    Delivery Point Address

    30 574 064

    30 574 064

    0

    Application Cross Ref.

    197 792 553

    197 792 530

    23

    Successor

    0

    0

    0

    3 693

    Classification

    57 868

    47 780

    21 485

    LPI

    57 875

    74 907

    4 267

    Organisation

    7 721

    4 356

    4 592

    Delivery Point Address

    40 777

    16 919

    11 633

    Application Cross Ref.

    197 994

    472 962

    45 981

    OS MasterMap Highways Network

    06 March 2024

    Code-Point with Polygons

    04 January 2024

    Boundary-Line

    03 October 2023

    'Working with COU data' in the AddressBase Getting Started Guide
    Graph showing the number of Postcode Address File (PAF) matched records in AddressBase by epoch

    See rows below

    Street

    1 504 346

    1 504 345

    1

    Street Descriptor

    1 627 151

    1 627 150

    1

    BLPU

    40 744 085

    40 744 062

    23

    Classification

    44 612 110

    44 612 087

    23

    LPI

    45 869 982

    45 869 958

    24

    Organisation

    1 415 880

    1 415 878

    2

    Delivery Point Address

    30 544 920

    30 544 920

    0

    Application Cross Ref.

    197 640 540

    197 640 517

    23

    Successor

    0

    0

    0

    3 495

    Classification

    68 978

    75 921

    22 320

    LPI

    67 818

    80 668

    4 428

    Organisation

    7 066

    5 090

    5 114

    Delivery Point Address

    38 799

    18 094

    12 870

    Application Cross Ref.

    225 972

    348 380

    40 298

    OS MasterMap Highways Network

    06 February 2024

    Code-Point with Polygons

    04 January 2024

    Boundary-Line

    03 October 2023

    'Working with COU data' in the AddressBase Getting Started Guide
    Graph showing the number of Postcode Address File (PAF) matched records in AddressBase by epoch
    BLPU State Code Enumeration

    Street

    1 511 026

    10 216

    Street Descriptor

    1 634 723

    3 405

    BLPU

    40 942 871

    281 573

    Classification

    44 784 714

    114 548

    LPI

    46 134 919

    134 455

    Organisation

    1 421 024

    13 457

    Delivery Point Address

    30 689 594

    60 166

    Application Cross Ref.

    198 468 224

    739 827

    Successor

    0

    0

    Street

    1 511 026

    1 511 024

    2

    Street Descriptor

    1 634 723

    1 634 721

    2

    BLPU

    40 942 871

    40 942 846

    25

    Classification

    44 784 714

    44 784 689

    25

    LPI

    46 134 919

    46 134 893

    26

    Organisation

    1 421 024

    1 421 022

    2

    Delivery Point Address

    30 689 594

    30 689 594

    0

    Application Cross Ref.

    198 468 224

    198 468 199

    25

    Successor

    0

    0

    0

    Classification

    46 915

    47 356

    20 277

    LPI

    51 599

    76 996

    5 860

    Organisation

    3 892

    3 831

    5 734

    Delivery Point Address

    39 984

    10 212

    9 970

    Application Cross Ref.

    202 342

    496 125

    41 360

    OS MasterMap Highways Network

    03 October 2024

    Code-Point with Polygons

    01 October 2024

    Boundary-Line

    02 October 2024

    OS OpenUPRN

    40 942 871

    N/A

    AddressBase

    30 582 163

    141 175

    AddressBase Plus

    38 189 289

    575 982

    AddressBase Premium

    See rows below

    AddressBase

    30 582 163

    30 582 163

    0

    AddressBase Plus

    38 189 289

    38 189 268

    21

    AddressBase Premium

    See rows below

    See rows below

    Inserts

    39 785

    Updates

    91 284

    Deletes

    10 106

    COU Populated Tile Count

    5 139

    Inserts

    47 501

    Updates

    514 065

    Deletes

    14 416

    COU Populated Tile Count

    7 133

    Street

    1 372

    8 603

    241

    Street Descriptor

    1 503

    1 661

    241

    BLPU

    38 154

    238 422

    Royal Mail PAF

    03 October 2024

    National Land and Property Gazetteer

    03 October 2024

    One Scotland Gazetteer

    16 September 2024

    VOA Non-Domestic Rates

    01 October 2024

    VOA Council Tax

    01 October 2024

    OS MasterMap Topography Layer

    24 September 2024

    Council tax

    27 171 964

    99.92

    Non-domestic rates

    2 121 757

    96.47

    The number of Postcode Address File (PAF) matched records in AddressBase by epoch. The number of PAF matched records in AddressBase has increased steadily over time, from 30 353 039 in Epoch 102 to 30 689 609 in Epoch 114.
    The number of Postcode Address File (PAF) matched records in AddressBase by epoch. The number of PAF matched records in AddressBase has increased steadily over time, from 30 353 039 in Epoch 102 to 30 689 609 in Epoch 114.

    It's important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Further guidance on this can be found in 'Working with COU data' in the AddressBase Getting Started Guide.

    See rows below

    See rows below

    4 997

    Street

    1 507 301

    1 507 299

    2

    Street Descriptor

    1 630 431

    1 630 429

    2

    BLPU

    40 825 714

    40 825 690

    24

    Classification

    44 684 909

    44 684 885

    24

    LPI

    45 978 659

    45 978 634

    25

    Organisation

    1 422 087

    1 422 085

    2

    Delivery Point Address

    30 598 226

    30 598 226

    0

    Application Cross Ref.

    197 964 510

    197 964 486

    24

    Successor

    0

    0

    0

    Classification

    54 659

    51 341

    18 243

    LPI

    60 087

    75 180

    5 018

    Organisation

    7 895

    4 900

    4 817

    Delivery Point Address

    33 606

    16 076

    9 444

    Application Cross Ref.

    2 114 566

    373 554

    1 942 609

    OS MasterMap Highways Network

    07 May 2024

    Code-Point with Polygons

    04 January 2024

    Boundary-Line

    01 May 2023

    N/A

    AddressBase

    30 492 698

    123 335

    AddressBase Plus

    38 082 637

    2 269 935

    AddressBase Premium

    See rows below

    See rows below

    Street

    1 507 301

    5 983

    Street Descriptor

    1 630 431

    3 057

    BLPU

    40 825 714

    345 400

    Classification

    44 684 909

    124 243

    LPI

    45 978 659

    140 285

    Organisation

    1 422 087

    17 612

    Delivery Point Address

    30 598 226

    59 126

    Application Cross Ref.

    197 964 510

    4 430 729

    Successor

    0

    0

    AddressBase

    30 492 698

    30 492 698

    0

    AddressBase Plus

    38 082 637

    38 082 617

    20

    AddressBase Premium

    See rows below

    See rows below

    Inserts

    33 506

    Updates

    80 002

    Deletes

    9 827

    COU Populated Tile Count

    5 140

    Inserts

    45 949

    Updates

    2 210 934

    Deletes

    13 052

    COU Populated Tile Count

    7 162

    Street

    1 515

    4 445

    23

    Street Descriptor

    1 715

    1 318

    24

    BLPU

    45 313

    296 305

    Royal Mail PAF

    23 May 2024

    National Land and Property Gazetteer

    23 May 2024

    One Scotland Gazetteer

    06 May 2024

    VOA Non-Domestic Rates

    20 May 2024

    VOA Council Tax

    20 May 2024

    OS MasterMap Topography Layer

    14 May 2024

    Council Tax

    27 084 483

    99.94

    Non-Domestic Rates

    2 123 193

    96.48

    POF matched in addressbase chart showing epoch 102 to 111 on the bottom axis with figures steadily rising from 30,353,039 to 30,597,448
    POF matched in addressbase chart showing epoch 102 to 111 on the bottom axis with figures steadily rising from 30,353,039 to 30,597,448

    It's important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Further guidance on this can be found in 'Working with COU data' in the AddressBase Getting Started Guide.

    See rows below

    3 782

    Logo
    ArcGIS Pro UI showing AddressBase Core data on the basemap

    The data from the GPKG loads into ArcMap.

    ArcMap UI showing AddressBase Core data in the Map area

    Note - Unlike in the CSV option, there is no need to specify a coordinate reference system for the AB_Core data because that information already exists in the GKPG.

    However, you will have to change the coordinate reference system set for the backdrop map to use to British National Grid beforehand to get the data to display in its correct position in relation to the backdrop map.

  • Select the file to be loaded.

  • Click Open.

    MapInfo Professional Open dialog
  • ArcGIS Pro Catalog panel showing AddressBase Core GKPG folder
    ArcGIS Pro Catalog panel showing AddressBase Core GKPG folder
    Arc Catalog showing Folder Connections in Catalog Tree
    Arc Catalog showing Folder Connections in Catalog Tree
    QGIS UI showing OS Zoomstack as a backdrop map
    QGIS UI showing OS Zoomstack as a backdrop map
    QGIS Add Vector Layer icon
    QGIS Add Vector Layer icon
    QGIS Data Source Manager | Vector dialog
    QGIS Data Source Manager | Vector dialog
    QGIS Open OGR Supported Vector Dataset(s) dialog
    QGIS Open OGR Supported Vector Dataset(s) dialog
    QGIS Data Source Manager | Vector dialog
    QGIS Data Source Manager | Vector dialog
    QGIS UI AddressBase Core data on the backdrop map
    QGIS UI AddressBase Core data on the backdrop map
    MapInfo Professional UI showing backdrop map
    MapInfo Professional UI showing backdrop map
    MapInfo Professional Select One or More Tables to Open dialog
    MapInfo Professional Select One or More Tables to Open dialog
    MapInfo Professional UI showing AddressBase Core data on the basemap
    MapInfo Professional UI showing AddressBase Core data on the basemap
    MapInfo Professional UI showing AB_Core GPKG in the content panel
    MapInfo Professional UI showing AB_Core GPKG in the content panel
    MapInfo Professional UI showing GPKG browser tab
    MapInfo Professional UI showing GPKG browser tab
    CadCorp UI highlighting Add Overlay button
    CadCorp UI highlighting Add Overlay button
    CadCorp Overlay Types dialog
    CadCorp Overlay Types dialog
    CadCorp Tile Dataset dialog
    CadCorp Tile Dataset dialog
    CadCorp UI showing backdrop map and highlighting Add Overlay button
    CadCorp UI showing backdrop map and highlighting Add Overlay button
    CadCorp Overlay Types dialog
    CadCorp Overlay Types dialog
    CadCorp File Browser dialog
    CadCorp File Browser dialog
    CadCorp Overlays dialog
    CadCorp Overlays dialog
    CadCorp UI showing AddressBase Core data in the Maps panel and on the background map
    CadCorp UI showing AddressBase Core data in the Maps panel and on the background map
    ArcGIS Pro UI showing basemap and Catalog panel
    ArcMap Add Data dialog
    Track customer data

    Using the basic classifications in AddressBase you can quickly filter between residential and commercial addresses, which is ideal for marketing purposes.

    Scale: 1:1 250 to 1: 10 000

  • Format: CSV, GML 3.2.1

  • Ordering area: All of Great Britain or customisable area (5km² tiles or user-defined polygon)

  • OS Data Hub plan: Public Sector Plan, Premium Plan, Energy & Infrastructure Plan

  • Paying Royal Mail royalties as a commercial customer

    Royal Mail royalties are included in the licence fee. A separate Royal Mail royalty fee applies if you license the AddressBase data on External Transaction Solution (ETS) terms.

    File size

    If the file size of your order is smaller than 2Gb, you can get it from our FTP server. in addition, public sector customers can download 5km chunk orders via our download service.

    Data from Royal Mail’s PAF

    The database is a vital component of the single address gazetteer database and is in each of the AddressBase products where there has been a match confirming the address to the LLPG address.

    AddressBase Premium Islands

    See rows below

    See rows below

    Street

    48 392

    145

    Street Descriptor

    48 390

    34

    BLPU

    1 228 512

    4 504

    Classification

    1 228 512

    2 320

    LPI

    1 237 843

    3 070

    Organisation

    39 414

    126

    Delivery Point Address

    962 091

    1 087

    Application Cross Ref.

    1 294 931

    2 062

    Successor

    0

    0

    Changed records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase Islands product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following tables detail the count of these records.

    AddressBase Plus Islands

    Change Type
    Count

    Inserts

    1 155

    Updates

    2 729

    Deletes

    174

    AddressBase Premium Islands

    AddressBase Premium Islands Table
    Inserts
    Updates
    Deletes

    Street

    34

    111

    0

    Street Descriptor

    34

    0

    0

    BLPU

    1 344

    3 033

    Source data currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of Epoch 107:

    Data Source
    Date

    Pointer (Northern Ireland)

    28 November 2023

    DigiMap (Channel Islands)

    30 November 2023

    Isle of Man

    30 November 2023

    Royal Mail PAF

    30 November 2023

    Data issues

    AddressBase Plus Islands issues

    There are no reported issues in this release of AddressBase Plus Islands.

    AddressBase Premium Islands issues

    Affected output formats: CSV and GML

    • Street incorrect coordinates – There are two Streets which have incorrect start or end coordinates of 000000. The unique identifiers can be provided upon request through your OS Relationship Manager.

    Next release

    The next release of AddressBase Islands products, Epoch 108, is scheduled for Thursday 22 February 2024.

    AddressBase Plus Islands

    1 146 137

    4 058

    It's important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Further guidance on this can be found in.

    AddressBase Islands June 2024 – Epoch 111

    This release note provides information about the June 2024 release of the AddressBase Islands products. These products were released to customers on 27 June 2024.

    Record Counts

    Product
    Full Supply Record Count
    Change-Only Update Record Count

    AddressBase Plus Islands

    1 149 262

    Changed Records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase Islands product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following tables detail the count of these records.

    AddressBase Plus Islands

    Change Type
    Count

    AddressBase Premium Islands

    AddressBase Premium Islands Table
    Inserts
    Updates
    Deletes

    Source Data Currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of Epoch 111:

    Data Source
    Date

    Data Issues

    AddressBase Plus Islands Issues

    There are no reported issues in this release of AddressBase Plus Islands.

    AddressBase Premium Islands issues

    Affected output formats: CSV and GML

    • Street incorrect coordinates – There are two Streets which have incorrect start or end coordinates of 000000. The unique identifiers can be provided upon request through your OS Relationship Manager.

    Next Release

    The next release of AddressBase Islands products, Epoch 112, is scheduled for 15 August 2024.

    AddressBase Islands August 2024 – Epoch 112

    This release note provides information about the August 2024 release of the AddressBase Islands products. These products were released to customers on 15 August 2024.

    Record Counts

    Product
    Full Supply Record Count
    Change-Only Update Record Count

    AddressBase Plus Islands

    1 150 054

    Changed Records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase Islands product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following tables detail the count of these records.

    AddressBase Plus Islands

    Change Type
    Count

    AddressBase Premium Islands

    AddressBase Premium Islands Table
    Inserts
    Updates
    Deletes

    Source Data Currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of Epoch 112:

    Data Source
    Date

    Data Issues

    AddressBase Plus Islands Issues

    There are no reported issues in this release of AddressBase Plus Islands.

    AddressBase Premium Islands issues

    Affected output formats: CSV and GML

    • Street incorrect coordinates – There are two Streets which have incorrect start or end coordinates of 000000. The unique identifiers can be provided upon request through your OS Relationship Manager.

    Next Release

    The next release of AddressBase Islands products, Epoch 113, is scheduled for 26 September 2024.

    AddressBase Islands April 2024 – Epoch 109

    This release note provides information about the April 2024 release of the AddressBase Islands products. These products were released to customers on 05 April 2024.

    Record Counts

    Product
    Full Supply Record Count
    Change-Only Update Record Count

    127

    Classification

    1 344

    849

    127

    LPI

    1 374

    1 569

    127

    Organisation

    40

    26

    60

    Delivery Point Address

    589

    354

    144

    Application Cross Ref.

    1 349

    524

    189

    'Working with COU data' in the AddressBase Getting Started Guide
    ArcGIS Pro UI showing AddressBase Core data on the basemap
    ArcMap Add Data dialog
    ArcMap UI showing AddressBase Core data in the Map area
    MapInfo Professional Open dialog

    Classification

    1 159

    805

    79

    LPI

    1 236

    1 384

    79

    Organisation

    18

    25

    87

    Delivery Point Address

    466

    133

    74

    Application Cross Ref.

    1 181

    463

    115

    3 099

    AddressBase Premium Islands

    See rows below

    See rows below

    Street

    48 531

    102

    Street Descriptor

    48 531

    24

    BLPU

    1 232 949

    3 646

    Classification

    1 232 949

    2 043

    LPI

    1 242 438

    2 699

    Organisation

    38 951

    130

    Delivery Point Address

    963 434

    673

    Application Cross Ref.

    1 299 124

    1 759

    Successor

    0

    0

    Inserts

    1 124

    Updates

    1 816

    Deletes

    159

    Street

    23

    78

    1

    Street Descriptor

    23

    0

    1

    BLPU

    1 159

    2 408

    Pointer (Northern Ireland)

    22 May 2024

    DigiMap (Channel Islands)

    12 May 2024

    Isle of Man

    23 May 2024

    Royal Mail PAF

    23 May 2024

    It's important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Further guidance on this can be found in 'Working with COU data' in the AddressBase Getting Started Guide.

    79

    Classification

    1 185

    1 597

    185

    LPI

    1 200

    2 308

    185

    Organisation

    52

    69

    683

    Delivery Point Address

    601

    252

    399

    Application Cross Ref.

    1 162

    428

    222

    Successor

    0

    0

    0

    4433

    AddressBase Premium Islands

    See rows below

    See rows below

    Street

    48 571

    165

    Street Descriptor

    48 571

    40

    BLPU

    1 233 949

    5281

    Classification

    1 233 949

    2 967

    LPI

    1 243 453

    3 693

    Organisation

    38 320

    804

    Delivery Point Address

    963 636

    1 252

    Application Cross Ref.

    1 300 064

    1 812

    Successor

    0

    0

    Inserts

    1 106

    Updates

    3 013

    Deletes

    314

    Street

    40

    125

    0

    Street Descriptor

    40

    0

    0

    BLPU

    1 185

    3 911

    Pointer (Northern Ireland)

    11 July 2024

    DigiMap (Channel Islands)

    04 July 2024

    Isle of Man

    11 July 2024

    Royal Mail PAF

    11 July 2024

    It's important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Further guidance on this can be found in 'Working with COU data' in the AddressBase Getting Started Guide.

    185

    AddressBase Premium Islands

    See rows below

    See rows below

    Street

    48 475

    150

    Street Descriptor

    48 475

    49

    BLPU

    1 230 820

    181 155

    Classification

    1 230 820

    2 205

    LPI

    1 240 191

    2 448

    Organisation

    39 272

    117

    Delivery Point Address

    962 791

    2 622

    Application Cross Ref.

    1 297 099

    2 408

    Successor

    0

    0

    Changed Records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase Islands product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following tables detail the count of these records.

    AddressBase Plus Islands

    Change Type
    Count

    Inserts

    994

    Updates

    171 443

    Deletes

    412

    AddressBase Premium Islands

    AddressBase Premium Islands Table
    Inserts
    Updates
    Deletes

    Street

    49

    101

    0

    Street Descriptor

    49

    0

    0

    BLPU

    1 412

    179 670

    Source Data Currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of Epoch 108:

    Data Source
    Date

    Pointer (Northern Ireland)

    28 February 2024

    DigiMap (Channel Islands)

    29 February 2024

    Isle of Man

    29 February 2024

    Royal Mail PAF

    28 February 2024

    Data Issues

    AddressBase Plus Islands Issues

    There are no reported issues in this release of AddressBase Plus Islands.

    AddressBase Premium Islands issues

    Affected output formats: CSV and GML

    • Street incorrect coordinates – There are two Streets which have incorrect start or end coordinates of 000000. The unique identifiers can be provided upon request through your OS Relationship Manager.

    Notification of Epoch 109’s Improvement in Historic BLPU State Code Completeness and Large Release Size

    Summary

    This release includes an enhancement in the clarity and consistency of lifecycle representation within product.

    A conformance improvement has been delivered for BLPU State attribute for records where the BLPU Logical Status was 8 (historic) and BLPU State was null; for increased completeness, BLPU State Code has been populated with value 4 (no longer existing) and date stamped for the change applied.

    Issue description

    The BLPU state identifies the current lifecycle stage of a property (or object) and is additional to the mandatory LOGICAL_ STATUS field.

    BLPU State Code Enumeration

    The BLPU code is an optional attribute for Local Authority Custodians to complete and therefore this attribute may be NULL in product.

    An improvement to the completeness of the BLPU State Code was identified as a quality enhancement for lifecycle information as values for BLPU state code 4 can be accurately inferred from a Logical Status of 8. This enhancement allows the data to be interpreted more easily by removing conflict between addresses with a historic logical status and no BLPU state.

    All nations within GB and the Islands product regions will benefit from this improvement, as such it impacts approximately 1.2 million records for a Full Supply.

    Impact

    This quality improvement means a larger than usual supply of COUs.

    Next Release

    The next release of AddressBase Islands products, Epoch 110, is scheduled for Thursday 16 May 024.

    AddressBase Plus Islands

    1 147 124

    172 849

    It's important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Further guidance on this can be found in.

    This product is available to try out online using one of our three sets of sample data (Exeter, Newport and Inverness) through the OS MasterMap Product Viewer:

    73

    Classification

    1 412

    720

    73

    LPI

    1 424

    951

    73

    Organisation

    7

    21

    89

    Delivery Point Address

    1 205

    652

    765

    Application Cross Ref.

    1 400

    872

    136

    'Working with COU data' in the AddressBase Getting Started Guide
    BLPU State Code Enumeration values and descriptions.
    AddressBase | Data Products | Ordnance SurveyOrdnance Survey
    Cover

    OS MasterMap Product Viewer

    Interactive demonstrator of OS MasterMap Generation data

    Data supply

    DVD Supply of area of interest

    When you receive an order via hard media (DVD), the following files will be supplied for the contracted area of interest (AOI):

    • Data

    • Doc

    • Order_Details.txt

    Within the Data directory, data files will be found in their compressed format.

    Within the Doc folder, a text file called Label Information.txt will contain information that is printed on the DVD.

    The Order_Details text file will provide information about the order, including the order date, currency date and file structure.

    DVD supply of Managed Great Britain Sets

    When you receive an order of a Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS) via hard media (DVD), the following files will be supplied:

    • Data

    • Doc

    • Resources

    • readme.txt

    There are several items contained within your supply:

    • Data folder – This folder contains all of your data supply.

    • Doc folder – This folder contains the Medialis.txt file, which outlines the contents of the data you have been supplied.

    • Resources folder – This folder contains lookup tables for the local custodian code and AddressBase classification scheme as well as the Header files for the product.

    • The readme text file – This document provides guidance notes on matters such as the filename referencing used and the directory structure of the DVD.

    Secure File Transfer Protocol

    With a Secure File Transfer Protocol (SFTP) order, the same folder structure is supplied as in . The filenames will be slightly different, reflecting the SFTP order number, and the Docs folder will be empty.

    Download

    Public Sector Geospatial Agreement (PSGA) customers can download their geographic chunk data for AddressBase and AddressBase Plus as well as a full supply of AddressBase Plus Islands via our download service.

    Download instructions
    1. When you click Download data, you will be required to enter a password to access the PSGA Member’s Area. On successful entry to the download service, you will be able to view all your orders in the Member’s Area and download your data.

    2. If you have ordered your data from our online portal, you will be sent an email with a link to a download page.

    Chunked files

    The data is supplied as chunked files that cover your selected area. These files are named according to the convention shown below.

    When you open your data, you will see a series of zip folders:

    Non-geographic chunks

    Using AddressBase Plus and Islands as an example:

    • AddressBasePlus_FULL_2020-01-21_001_csv.zip (Full supply of GB CSV)

    • AddressBasePlus_ISL_FULL_2020-01-21_001_csv.zip (Full supply of Islands CSV) or

    • AddressBasePlus_COU_2020-01-21_001_gml.zip (COU supply of GB GML)

    Geographic chunks

    Using AddressBase Plus as an example:

    • AddressBasePlus_FULL_2011-07-29_TQ2020_csv.zip (Full supply of CSV) or

    • AddressBasePlus_COU_2011-07-29_TQ2020_gml.zip (COU supply of GML)

    The AddressBase Plus Islands product is not available in geographic chunks.

    Unzipping the data

    The GML and CSV data is supplied in a compressed form (ZIP). Some software can access these files directly, while other software will require the files to be unzipped.

    To unzip the zipped data files (.zip extension), use an unzipping utility found on most PCs, for example, WinZip. Alternatively, open-source zipping/unzipping software can be downloaded from the Internet, for example, 7-Zip.

    When you unzip the files, the data will be extracted as CSV files, which are ready to use. For example, unzipping AddressBase Plus will extract files similar to the chunks below:

    Non-geographic chunks

    • AddressBasePlus_FULL_2020-01-21_001.csv

    • AddressBasePlus_ISL_FULL_2020-01-21_001.csv

    Geographic chunks

    • AddressBasePlus_2011-07-29_NC4040.csv

    Searching for addresses

    A common requirement for customers using the AddressBase products is to search for properties using full or partial addresses. Address searches may return a large number of addresses, a short list of possibilities, a single match or no results, depending on the search criteria.

    There are many methods of implementing an address search, from free text queries through to structured address component searches. This guide will step through two such approaches that may be used when working with AddressBase and/or AddressBase Plus.

    These methods are not intended as recommendations; they are merely examples of how to get maximum value out of the product when implementing an address search function.

    Within the PSGA Member’s Area, you can order and download the data that you require by clicking on Order Data, which can be found under the Map Data heading.

  • Once you have selected Order Data, you will be presented with the Order page. From here, you can manage all your orders, including those for AddressBase products.

  • When you have placed an order for a product, the data will become available as a series of zipped data files. To unzip these files, please refer to Unzipping the data.

  • AddressBasePlus_ISL_COU_2020-01-21_001_gml.zip (COU supply of Islands GML)

    DVD Supply of area of interest
    Free text search

    One type of search implementation involves a single ‘search engine’ style text box, into which a user can type all or some of an address. For example:

    Find address
    Results

    CLOVER AVENUE, SW99 9ZZ

    1, Clover Avenue, Fieldtown, Addressville, SW99 9ZZ

    2, Clover Avenue, Fieldtown, Addressville, SW99 9ZZ

    3, Clover Avenue, Fieldtown, Addressville, SW99 9ZZ

    4, Clover Avenue, Fieldtown, Addressville, SW99 9ZZ

    5, Clover Avenue, Fieldtown, Addressville, SW99 9ZZ

    6, Clover Avenue, Fieldtown, Addressville, SW99 9ZZ

    7, Clover Avenue, Fieldtown, Addressville, SW99 9ZZ

    In this scenario, the user can choose to type anything in Find address, which may be just one component of an address (for example, a postcode, street name or building name), several parts of an address (for example, street name + town name, house name + postcode, etc.) or even (rarely) a complete address.

    There may or may not be commas between search items, or address components can be entered with or without capitalised letters, etc. In short, with this search method, there is no structure to the user input and the search methodology must be designed with this in mind.

    Structured component search

    The other common type of implementation for address searches involves entering search criteria in a structured way (for example, with a different text box for each major address component).

    Example Search UI with text boxes for each address component
    Results

    Rose Cottage, Main Street, Fieldtown, Addressville, SW99 9ZZ

    Rose Cottage, Main Street, Ashford, AS45 9PP

    Rose Cottage, Main Street, Buxtew, Monley, MO88 4TY

    And so on...

    This method guides the user to enter known components of an address and creates a predictable user input structure around which to build a search function. While generally simpler to use and implement, it can be less user-friendly, particularly in cases where it is not obvious which box to type an address component into, for example, is Richmond Terrace a building name or a street?

    The search operation

    This guide suggests how to implement the two search methods described above. Both should be used alongside the instructions on formatting single address labels.

    The methods described here may be adapted to work with both AddressBase Plus, AddressBase Plus Islands and AddressBase; however, in the case of AddressBase, only Delivery Point Addresses are searchable, so the geographic guidance will not apply to this product.

    An address search operation typically requires two stages of interaction from a user and several processing steps from the underlying IT system. These steps can be summarised in the following diagram:

    Diagram showing typical processing steps when search for an address

    The second user interaction can be omitted if there is only one result returned from the query. In almost all cases, there should be an option to ‘search again’ at the second and third stages in case no results are returned, or if none of the options shown is the required address.

    Of course, different applications require different approaches; however, the general principles of the above process apply in all cases where an address is searched for based on user-entered criteria.

    Generating a search query from structured user input

    Within an interface that accepts structured user input for an address search, it is necessary to ‘map’ the fields presented to the user with those found within AddressBase or AddressBase Plus. In particular, any query will need to test multiple fields for a given input and will need to combine result sets from the two different address formats of AddressBase Plus (or the single address format of AddressBase) in order to produce the most complete result set.

    Generally, a search form will describe a simplified view of an address in order to keep the user interface tidy and intuitive. Users may be given a set of text boxes to fill in, generally including building name, building number, street name, locality name, town name and postcode. The relationships between some common search fields and the fields found in AddressBase Plus are as follows:

    Search Box
    Mapped Delivery Point fields
    Mapped geographic fields

    Business Name

    Organisation_Name

    Organisation

    PAO_Text

    SAO_Text

    Flat/Subdivision Name

    Sub_Building_Name Department_Name

    SAO_Text

    Flat/Subdivision Number

    Sub_Building_Name

    SAO_StartNumber SAO_StartSuffix SAO_EndNumber

    SAO_EndSuffix

    Building Name

    Building_Name

    The above mapping is an example only, and it is possible to breakdown the search fields differently, in which case, a different mapping would be required. The important thing is to consider all possibilities for how data might be recorded. For example, a business name can sometimes appear as an organisation name or a building/PAO name depending on circumstances, so both must be checked when creating a search query.

    Numbers need to be handled very carefully due to the presence of suffixes and ranges. There are two options for structuring the search input in these cases:

    1. A single ‘number’ box can be used (as shown above in Flat/Subdivision Number and Building Number), which will then require some string manipulation to split the input into the appropriate numeric range and suffix components in order to search the geographic addresses; or

    2. Four boxes can be provided for each number (start number, start suffix, end number and end suffix), which would then need to be combined into an appropriate string to search the Delivery Point Addresses.

    Structuring the query for a structured address search

    The basic rules to adhere to when generating a search query from structured input are as follows:

    1. Ignore any search boxes that are not filled in with values.

    2. Where a value is entered, assume that a match on at least one of the mapped fields is essential.

    In SQL query terms, this means that each search term should generate a sub-query that searches each of the mapped fields (using OR), and that these sub-queries should then be combined together (using AND) into a single search query. The following SQL code illustrates this (for the Delivery Point Address search only) for an example where a street, locality and town name have been entered by the user:

    In the above example, streetsearchtext, localitysearchtext, and townsearchtext represent user- entered search terms (which could be parameters within an SQL function) and the GetFormattedAddress(*) function is a hypothetical user-defined function that returns the formatted address as a single string (suitable for display in the user interface). For more information on formatting addresses, please see Creating a single-line or multi-line address.

    On top of this, for a complete query, the two different types of addresses should be queried separately (Geographic and Delivery Point Addresses), and the two result sets should be amalgamated into a single set using a UNION. The following example builds upon the previous example to include Geographic Addresses as well as Delivery Point Addresses.

    The SQL UNION operator will combine the two result sets, discarding any exact duplicates. (Retaining the exact duplicates requires the use of UNION ALL, but that is not desirable in this example.)

    The resulting output from this query will be a set of search results as formatted addresses along with their UPRN. Exact duplicates will be omitted, but all ‘variations’ of the same address will be output (one row for each variation, with the same UPRN repeated more than once potentially). It may be wise to return the Postal Address Flag values against each to enable further filtering, for example, to restrict the results to postal addresses only. Note that the Postal Address Flag is only available in AddressBase Plus. All records in AddressBase are deemed postal as they are from Royal Mail’s PAF data.

    Supporting case-insensitive queries and partial matches

    A flaw in the above examples is the use of equality operators. In practice, because people do not tend to be consistent with capitalisation of letters, the SQL ‘LIKE’ operator might work better, and depending on the nature of the application, a ‘%’ wildcard could be appended to the end of each search term to allow only the first few letters of an address component to be entered. For example:

    Alternatively, if exact matches are required but case sensitivity is not, then the UPPER() or LOWER() SQL functions can be used on each side of the equals sign in comparisons (a solution that should work in all databases):

    Finally, to combine all of the approaches, the following would work for maximum flexibility:

    Generating a search query from unstructured user input

    When offering a ‘search engine’ style search feature with just a single text box to enter search terms, a wholly different approach is required. No assumptions can be made about the order, format or style of the user input, and the data will need to be ‘indexed’ in a way that facilitates searches of this type.

    Creating a search index for addresses

    Search engine style searches are likely to require the creation of an additional index/lookup table for addresses. Such a table is likely to consist of just two main columns: a key value (UPRN) and a formatted address string. Additional columns may be required to allow filtering of results (such as the AddressBase Postal flag values from AddressBase Plus, which would allow the results to be filtered by different address statuses).

    The following table shows a possible address index table structure:

    UPRN
    Address Text
    Statuses (multiple fields)

    123456789012

    4 THE MEADOWS HIGH STREET WALTHAMSDALE BURRIDGE BU27 9UB

    Local Authority

    123456789012

    FLAT 4 THE MEADOWS HIGH STREET WALTHAMSDALE BURRIDGE BU27 9UB

    PAF

    123456789013

    4 HIGH STREET WALTHAMSDALE BURRIDGE BU27 9UB

    Non-postal

    Note how the addresses have been formatted as a single text string with a single space between each word (although leaving commas in would do no harm). All forms of each address (both PAF and geographic) have been added to the index, so there can be several rows with the same UPRN. To speed up complex searching, an appropriate index could be added to the Address Text field, such as a full text search index.

    Structuring the query for an unstructured address search

    Once a suitable search index is in place, the query itself can be put together. The basic idea is to split the user input into search terms by removing commas, double spaces, and other unnecessary whitespace and then splitting it at each single space, as follows:

    • User input: 4, High Street, westville, wv17

    Capitalised, with commas and double-spaces removed:

    • 4 HIGH STREET WESTVILLE WV17

    Split into separate search terms:

    • 4

    • HIGH

    • STREET

    • WESTVILLE

    • WV17

    Once the user input has been pre-processed into separate search terms, a query can be generated. The key assumption in this example will be that ALL search terms must be matched against the index table to be considered as a result. This implies a query where each value is matched using an ‘AND’ operator. In order to search the whole index, the ‘LIKE’ operator will need to be used along with a ‘%’ wildcard on either side of the search text. A suitable search query for the above example would be as follows:

    This query would return all rows from the index table that contain all of the search terms, along with the appropriate UPRNs. The following table shows how the index table would be used in the above example to return relevant results:

    Address text
    Statuses (multiple fields)

    894756389092

    4 HIGH STREET WESTVILLE SUNNYTOWN WV17 7HL

    Geographic + PAF

    894756389132

    ROSE COTTAGE 4 HIGH STREET WESTVILLE SUNNYTOWN WV17 7HL

    Geographic

    274859037849

    FLAT 4 HIGHBURY COURT HIGH STREET WESTVILLE SUNNYTOWN WV17 7HL

    Geographic + PAF

    482974769830

    MAPS4U LTD HIGH STREET WESTVILLE SUNNYTOWN WV17 7HL

    This result set can then be presented to the user, who can select the most appropriate record, which can then be retrieved in full using the UPRN.

    Of course, in a practical implementation, the above query would need to be dynamically generated, with a separate condition added for each search term. This example is quite a strict search query that requires all search terms to be present. Many layers of complexity could be added to allow partial and ‘fuzzy’ matches, and to return confidence scores, for example, but such enhancements are beyond the scope of this guide.

    Summary

    This guide is intended as an introduction to implementing address search functionality using AddressBase, AddressBase Plus and AddressBase Plus Islands. The following list is a summary of the main points:

    1. A user front-end for an address search may contain a single, search engine style text box or multiple text boxes representing different parts of an address.

    2. A typical address search function takes place in three stages:

      • A user enters search text.

      • A query is run, returning a set of possible matches.

      • The user selects the address of interest and the full record is then returned.

    3. With a structured search interface, the addresses can be queried directly by mapping the various address fields to the text boxes supplied.

    4. For an unstructured (single text box) interface, it is necessary to create an index table with fully formatted address strings against each UPRN. Queries can then be run against this index table by splitting the user input into individual search terms and requiring them all to be present.

    5. It is possible to filter results by status in AddressBase Plus (for example, postal or non-postal).

    6. Any search function should search all forms of an address (both Geographic and Delivery Point Addresses).

    7. Careful consideration should be given to the use of ‘fuzzy’ search algorithms (such as using wildcard or sound-alike searches).

    SELECT dp.UPRN, GetFormattedAddress(dp.*) FROM abp dp
    
    WHERE (dp.thoroughfare = streetsearchtext OR dp.dependent_thoroughfare = streetsearchtext) AND (dp.dependent_locality = localitysearchtext OR dp.double_dependent_locality = localitysearchtext) AND (dp.dependent_locality = townsearchtext OR dp.post_town = townsearchtext)
    SELECT UPRN, GetFormattedAddress(*) FROM abp
    
    WHERE (thoroughfare = streetsearchtext OR dependent_thoroughfare = streetsearchtext) AND (dependent_locality = localitysearchtext OR double_dependent_locality = localitysearchtext) AND (dependent_locality = townsearchtext OR post_town = townsearchtext)
    
    UNION
    
    SELECT uprn, GetFormattedAddress(*) FROM abp WHERE (.street_name = streetsearchtext OR .pao_text = streetsearchtext) AND
    (.locality = localitysearchtext OR .town = localitysearchtext OR .street_name = localitysearchtext) AND (.town = townsearchtext OR .locality = townsearchtext)
    post_town LIKE townsearchtext -- Case insensitive search in some databases ;
    post_town LIKE (townsearchtext || ‘%’) -- Matches post towns that start with the search text ;
    post_town LIKE (‘%’ || townsearchtext || ‘%’) -- Matches post towns that contain the search text;
    UPPER(post_town) = UPPER(townsearchtext) -- Case insensitive equality;
    UPPER(post_town) LIKE (‘%’ || UPPER(townsearchtext) || ‘%’)
    SELECT UPRN, AddressText FROM AddressSearchIndex 
    WHERE
    AddressText LIKE ‘%4%’ AND 
    AddressText LIKE ‘%HIGH%’ AND 
    AddressText LIKE ‘%STREET%’ AND 
    AddressText LIKE ‘%WESTVILLE%’ AND 
    AddressText LIKE ‘%WV17%’;

    AddressBase Products August 2024 – Epoch 112

    This release note provides information about the August 2024 release of the AddressBase products. These products were released to customers on 15 August 2024.

    Record Counts

    Product
    Full Supply Record Count[1]
    Change-Only Update Record Count[2]

    OS Open UPRN

    40 873 566

    1. These counts are based on a Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS). If you have ordered your national coverage via the online ordering system using a polygon outline, then your counts may differ.

    2. Change-Only Updates are not available for the OS Open UPRN product.

    Product Supply Comparison

    There is a difference in product counts between taking a national Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS) and a national Area of Interest (AOI). This is because the two supplies use different selection criteria. The differences are shown in the following table, allowing for you to validate your data holdings once you have loaded the latest release of AddressBase data.

    The national AOI refers to the pre-selection GB polygon from our download store. Therefore, if you have drawn your own AOI, the count will vary.

    If you are unsure of your supply type, please check this with your OS Relationship Manager.

    Product
    MGBS Full Count
    National AOI Full Count
    Difference

    Changed Records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following tables detail the numbers of these records which can be expected in an MGBS supply,and also how many tiles are affected if you take your supply as Changed Chunks.

    AddressBase

    Change Type
    Count

    AddressBase Plus

    Change Type
    Count

    AddressBase Premium

    AddressBase Premium Table
    Inserts
    Updates
    Deletes

    Source Data Currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of Epoch 112:

    Data Source
    Date

    Data Issues

    AddressBase Plus Issues

    Affected output formats: CSV and GML

    • There are 5 675 Unique Property Reference Numbers (UPRNs) which reference a Parent UPRN which cannot be found in the product. This is because the Parent UPRN is either provisional or historic and is not matched to the Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF) or Valuation Office Agency (VOA) record, meaning that it is not included in the AddressBase Plus product as per the existing background logic rules.

    • There are 220 records with a sao_start_no or sao_text that have no Parent UPRN in the product. This is because the Parent UPRN is a historical record which is included as part of the logic for record inclusion in the AddressBase Plus product.

    Improvements in Epoch 112

    Valuation Office Agency Matching

    The match rates for Council Tax and Non-Domestic Rates for Epoch 112 are detailed as follows based on Valuation Office Agency (VOA) records up to 8th July 2024. The match rate is applicable to the AddressBase Premium product.

    Tertiary Classifications

    Work is being undertaken to improve the classifications of records within the AddressBase products. This work has resulted in 48 610 more tertiary classifications present in Epoch 112 compared to Epoch 111. Indeed, 88.72% of these tertiary classification improvements are against residential codes.

    PAF Matching

    The following graph shows the number of Postcode Address File (PAF) matched records in AddressBase by epoch:

    Next Release

    The next release of AddressBase products, Epoch 113, is scheduled for 26 September 2024.

    AddressBase Products November 2023 – Epoch 106

    This release note provides information about the November 2023 (Epoch 106) release of the AddressBase products. These products were released to customers on 23 November 2023.

    Record counts

    Product
    Full Supply Record Count[1]
    Change-Only Update Record Count[2]

    AddressBase Products February 2024 – Epoch 108

    This release note provides information about the February 2024 (Epoch 108) release of the AddressBase products. These products were released to customers on 22 February 2024.

    Record counts

    Product
    Full Supply Record Count[1]
    Change-Only Update Record Count[2]

    PAO_Text

    Building Number

    Building_Number

    Building_Name (in cases where a suffix or range is present)

    PAO_StartNumber PAO_StartSuffix PAO_EndNumber

    PAO_EndSuffix

    Street

    Thoroughfare Dependent_Thoroughfare

    Street PAO_Text

    Locality

    Dependent_Locality Double_Dependent_Locality

    Locality Town Street

    Town

    Dependent_Locality Post_Town

    Town Locality

    Postcode

    Postcode

    Postcode_Locator

    Geographic + PAF

    Example Search UI with text boxes for each address component
    Diagram showing typical processing steps when search for an address

    Street

    1 508 646

    1 508 643

    3

    Street Descriptor

    1 631 995

    1 631 992

    3

    BLPU

    40 873 566

    40 873 542

    24

    Classification

    44 728 771

    44 728 747

    24

    LPI

    46 041 542

    46 041 517

    25

    Organisation

    1 421 542

    1 421 540

    2

    Delivery Point Address

    30 635 054

    30 635 054

    0

    Application Cross Ref.

    198 155 853

    198 155 829

    24

    Successor

    0

    0

    0

    Classification

    64 820

    89 524

    20 958

    LPI

    67 711

    159 116

    4 828

    Organisation

    9 398

    6 111

    9 943

    Delivery Point Address

    46 773

    17 519

    9 945

    Application Cross Ref.

    237 145

    560 552

    45 802

    OS MasterMap Highways Network

    04 July 2024

    Code-Point with Polygons

    01 July 2024

    Boundary-Line

    24 June 2024

    N/A

    AddressBase

    30 528 787

    164 532

    AddressBase Plus

    38 125 445

    864 998

    AddressBase Premium

    See rows below

    See rows below

    Street

    1 508 646

    7531

    Street Descriptor

    1 631 995

    5970

    BLPU

    40 873 566

    462 545

    Classification

    44 728 771

    175 302

    LPI

    46 041 542

    231 655

    Organisation

    1 421 542

    25 452

    Delivery Point Address

    30 635 054

    74 237

    Application Cross Ref.

    198 155 853

    843 499

    Successor

    0

    0

    AddressBase

    30 528 787

    30 528 787

    0

    AddressBase Plus

    38 125 445

    38 125 425

    20

    AddressBase Premium

    See rows below

    See rows below

    Inserts

    46 546

    Updates

    107 529

    Deletes

    10 457

    COU Populated Tile Count

    5 390

    Inserts

    58 383

    Updates

    791 040

    Deletes

    15 575

    COU Populated Tile Count

    7 931

    Street

    1 527

    5 822

    182

    Street Descriptor

    1 751

    4 032

    187

    BLPU

    51 831

    406 735

    Royal Mail PAF

    11 July 2024

    National Land and Property Gazetteer

    11 July 2024

    One Scotland Gazetteer

    17 June 2024

    VOA Non-Domestic Rates

    08 July 2024

    VOA Council Tax

    08 July 2024

    OS MasterMap Topography Layer

    25 June 2024

    Data Source

    Records Received

    % Matched

    Council Tax

    27 116 559

    99.92

    Non-Domestic Rates

    2 123 229

    96.47

    A line graph showing the number of Postcode Address File matched records in AddressBase by Epoch. The data shows a steadily rising trend from 30.3 million in epoch 102 to 30.6 million in epoch 112.

    It's important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Further guidance on this can be found in 'Working with COU data' in the AddressBase Getting Started Guide.

    See rows below

    3 979

    AddressBase

    30 357 589

    138 214

    AddressBase Plus

    37 886 717

    642 897

    AddressBase Premium

    See rows below

    See rows below

    Street

    1 499 337

    4 548

    Street Descriptor

    1 621 717

    1 649

    BLPU

    40 593 998

    326 208

    Classification

    44 476 003

    150 495

    LPI

    45 678 772

    139 837

    Organisation

    1 410 719

    14 194

    Delivery Point Address

    30 460 915

    66 081

    Application Cross Ref.

    197 071 960

    896 913

    Successor

    0

    0

    1. These counts are based on a Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS). If you have ordered your national coverage via the online ordering system using a polygon outline, then your counts may differ.

    2. Change-Only Updates are not available for the OS Open UPRN product.

    Product supply comparison

    There is a difference in product counts between taking a national Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS) and a national Area of Interest (AOI). This is because the two supplies use different selection criteria. The differences are shown in the following table, allowing for you to validate your data holdings once you have loaded the latest release of AddressBase data.

    The national AOI refers to the pre-selection GB polygon from our download store. Therefore, if you have drawn your own AOI, the count will vary.

    If you are unsure of your supply type, please check this with your OS Relationship Manager.

    Product
    MGBS Full Count
    National AOI Full Count
    Difference

    AddressBase

    30 357 589

    30 357 589

    0

    AddressBase Plus

    37 886 717

    37 886 697

    20

    AddressBase Premium

    See rows below

    Changed records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following tables detail the numbers of these records which can be expected in an MGBS supply, and also how many tiles are affected if you take your supply as Changed Chunks.

    AddressBase

    Change Type
    Count

    Inserts

    40 457

    Updates

    85 345

    Deletes

    12 412

    COU Populated Tile Count

    5 846

    AddressBase Plus

    Change Type
    Count

    Inserts

    50 344

    Updates

    578 627

    Deletes

    13 926

    COU Populated Tile Count

    7 335

    AddressBase Premium

    AddressBase Premium Table
    Inserts
    Updates
    Deletes

    Street

    1 067

    3 443

    38

    Street Descriptor

    1 123

    486

    40

    BLPU

    49 289

    274 081

    Source data currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of Epoch 106:

    Data Source
    Date

    Royal Mail PAF

    19 October 2023

    National Land and Property Gazetteer

    19 October 2023

    One Scotland Gazetteer

    19 October 2023

    VOA Non-Domestic Rates

    15 October 2023

    VOA Council Tax

    15 October 2023

    OS MasterMap Topography Layer

    10 October 2023

    Data issues

    AddressBase Plus issues

    Affected output formats: CSV and GML

    • There are 7 419 Unique Property Reference Numbers (UPRNs) which reference a Parent UPRN that cannot be found in the product. This is because the Parent UPRN is either provisional or historic and is not matched to the Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF) or Valuation Office Agency (VOA) record, meaning that it is not included in the AddressBase Plus product as per the existing background logic rules.

    • There are 268 records with a sao_start_no or sao_text that have no Parent UPRN in the product. This is because the Parent UPRN is a historical record which is included as part of the logic for record inclusion in the AddressBase Plus products.

    Improvements in Epoch 106

    Valuation Office Agency matching

    The match rates for Council Tax and Non-Domestic Rates for Epoch 106 are detailed as follows based on Valuation Office Agency (VOA) records up to 16 October 2023. The match rate is applicable to the AddressBase Premium product.

    Data Source
    Records Received
    % Matched

    Council tax

    26 964 499

    99.92

    Non-domestic rates

    2 130 955

    96.32

    Tertiary classifications

    Work is being undertaken to improve the classifications of records within the AddressBase products. This work has resulted in 55 276 more tertiary classifications present in Epoch 106 compared to Epoch 105. Indeed, 88.8% of these tertiary classification improvements are against residential codes..

    PAF matching

    The following graph shows the number of Postcode Address File (PAF) matched records in AddressBase by epoch:

    The number of Postcode Address File (PAF) matched records in AddressBase by epoch. The number of PAF matched records in AddressBase has increased steadily over time, from 30 223 404 in Epoch 98 to 30 460 926 in Epoch 106.

    New Tertiary and Quaternary Classification Codes

    We have introduced new tertiary and quaternary classification codes to the AddressBase classification scheme. The new tertiary classification for pharmacies and a number of additional quaternary classifications provides a more granular view for pubs, supermarkets, convenience stores and electric vehicle charging points. This makes these classes easier to filter in AddressBase.

    We have also introduced additional classifications for bridges within AddressBase to represent the type of feature the bridge spans over. This helps to facilitate effective decision making for customers who use bridge features.

    Primary code
    Secondary code
    Tertiary code
    Tertiary description
    Quaternary code
    Quaternary description

    C

    M

    06

    Pharmacy

    –

    –

    C

    R

    This change to the classification schema was implemented in Epoch 100, which was published on 30 March 2023. From this date, these new tertiary and quaternary classification codes have been included in AddressBase products.

    Local Authority Changes

    In our addressing products, we provide information detailing which local authority an address is within. From 01 April 2023, several local authorities reorganised to form new authorities. This means that the local authority code for all addresses within the affected authorities changed from the old authority to the new one, resulting in approximately 1.3 million records being updated. These changes will be seen in product from Epoch 101 onwards. The table below maps the changes:

    Existing Authority Code (pre-April 2023)
    New Authority Code (post-April 2023)

    Allerdale – 905

    Cumberland – 940

    Carlisle – 915

    Cumberland – 940

    Copeland – 920

    Cumberland – 940

    Barrow-in-Furness – 910

    Westmorland and Furness – 935

    Eden – 925

    Westmorland and Furness – 935

    South Lakeland – 930

    Next release

    The next release of AddressBase products, Epoch 107, is scheduled for Friday 05 January 2024.

    OS Open UPRN

    40 593 998

    N/A

    It's important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Further guidance on this can be found in.

    AddressBase

    30 414 522

    136 905

    AddressBase Plus

    37 972 952

    514 790

    AddressBase Premium

    See rows below

    See rows below

    Street

    1 502 803

    4 442

    Street Descriptor

    1 625 566

    2 273

    BLPU

    40 693 173

    324 380

    Classification

    44 565 452

    166 679

    LPI

    45 806 592

    148 634

    Organisation

    1 413 928

    18 423

    Delivery Point Address

    30 518 991

    69 821

    Application Cross Ref.

    197 454 866

    681 108

    Successor

    0

    0

    1. These counts are based on a Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS). If you have ordered your national coverage via the online ordering system using a polygon outline, then your counts may differ.

    2. Change-Only Updates are not available for the OS Open UPRN product.

    Product supply comparison

    There is a difference in product counts between taking a national Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS) and a national Area of Interest (AOI). This is because the two supplies use different selection criteria. The differences are shown in the following table, allowing for you to validate your data holdings once you have loaded the latest release of AddressBase data.

    The national AOI refers to the pre-selection GB polygon from our download store. Therefore, if you have drawn your own AOI, the count will vary.

    If you are unsure of your supply type, please check this with your OS Relationship Manager.

    Product
    MGBS Full Count
    National AOI Full Count
    Difference

    AddressBase

    30 414 522

    30 414 522

    0

    AddressBase Plus

    37 972 952

    37 972 933

    19

    AddressBase Premium

    See rows below

    Changed records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following tables detail the numbers of these records which can be expected in an MGBS supply, and also how many tiles are affected if you take your supply as Changed Chunks.

    AddressBase

    Change Type
    Count

    Inserts

    40 648

    Updates

    83 486

    Deletes

    12 771

    COU Populated Tile Count

    5 305

    AddressBase Plus

    Change Type
    Count

    Inserts

    60 179

    Updates

    438 033

    Deletes

    16 578

    COU Populated Tile Count

    7 274

    AddressBase Premium

    AddressBase Premium Table
    Inserts
    Updates
    Deletes

    Street

    1 072

    3 357

    13

    Street Descriptor

    1 247

    1 011

    15

    BLPU

    53 653

    265 882

    Source data currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of Epoch 108:

    Data Source
    Date

    Royal Mail PAF

    18 January 2024

    National Land and Property Gazetteer

    18 January 2024

    One Scotland Gazetteer

    18 December 2023

    VOA Non-Domestic Rates

    14 January 2024

    VOA Council Tax

    14 January 2024

    OS MasterMap Topography Layer

    09 January 2024

    Data issues

    AddressBase Plus issues

    Affected output formats: CSV and GML

    • There are 6 781 Unique Property Reference Numbers (UPRNs) which reference a Parent UPRN that cannot be found in the product. This is because the Parent UPRN is either provisional or historic and is not matched to the Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF) or Valuation Office Agency (VOA) record, meaning that it is not included in the AddressBase Plus product as per the existing background logic rules.

    • There are 279 records with a sao_start_no or sao_text that have no Parent UPRN in the product. This is because the Parent UPRN is a historical record which is included as part of the logic for record inclusion in the AddressBase Plus products.

    Improvements in Epoch 108

    Valuation Office Agency matching

    The match rates for Council Tax and Non-Domestic Rates for Epoch 108 are detailed as follows based on Valuation Office Agency (VOA) records up to 15 January 2024. The match rate is applicable to the AddressBase Premium product.

    Data Source
    Records Received
    % Matched

    Council tax

    27 021 839

    99.92

    Non-domestic rates

    2 127 215

    96.36

    Tertiary classifications

    Work is being undertaken to improve the classifications of records within the AddressBase products. This work has resulted in 49 778 more tertiary classifications present in Epoch 108 compared to Epoch 107. Indeed, 88.78% of these tertiary classification improvements are against residential codes.

    PAF matching

    The following graph shows the number of Postcode Address File (PAF) matched records in AddressBase by epoch:

    The number of Postcode Address File (PAF) matched records in AddressBase by epoch. The number of PAF matched records in AddressBase has increased steadily over time, from 30 256 908 in Epoch 99 to 30 519 002 in Epoch 108.

    Notification of Epoch 109’s Improvement in Historic BLPU State Code Completeness and Large Release Size

    Summary

    The release will enhance clarity and consistency of lifecycle representation within product.

    A conformance improvement will be delivered for BLPU State attribute for records where the BLPU Logical Status is 8 (historic) and BLPU State is null; for increased completeness, BLPU State Code will be populated with value 4 (no longer existing) and date stamped for the change applied.

    Issue description

    The BLPU state identifies the current lifecycle stage of a property (or object) and is additional to the mandatory LOGICAL_ STATUS field.

    BLPU State Code Enumeration

    The BLPU code is an optional attribute for Local Authority Custodians to complete and therefore this attribute may be NULL in product.

    An improvement to the completeness of the BLPU State Code was identified as a quality enhancement for lifecycle information as values for BLPU state code 4 can be accurately inferred from a Logical Status of 8. This will allow the data to be interpreted more easily by removing conflict between addresses with a historic logical status and no BLPU state.

    All nations within GB and the Islands product regions will benefit from this improvement, as such, it will impact approximately 1.2 million records for a Full Supply.

    Impact

    This quality improvement will be delivered in the next release, Epoch 109, and will mean a larger than usual supply of changes.

    No special action will be required to load the release differently.

    Next release

    The next release of AddressBase products, Epoch 109, is scheduled for Tuesday 05 April 2024.

    OS Open UPRN

    40 693 173

    N/A

    It's important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Further guidance on this can be found in.

    Logo

    See rows below

    See rows below

    Street

    1 499 337

    1 499 336

    1

    Street Descriptor

    1 621 717

    1 621 716

    1

    BLPU

    40 593 998

    40 593 974

    24

    Classification

    44 476 003

    44 475 979

    24

    LPI

    45 678 772

    45 678 747

    25

    Organisation

    1 410 719

    1 410 717

    2

    Delivery Point Address

    30 460 915

    30 460 915

    0

    Application Cross Ref.

    197 071 960

    197 071 936

    24

    Successor

    0

    0

    0

    2 838

    Classification

    60 725

    70 547

    19 223

    LPI

    65 573

    70 173

    4 091

    Organisation

    5 928

    4 512

    3 754

    Delivery Point Address

    39 147

    16 146

    10 788

    Application Cross Ref.

    392 254

    384 136

    120 523

    OS MasterMap Highways Network

    06 October 2023

    Code-Point with Polygons

    02 October 2023

    Boundary-Line

    03 October 2023

    06

    –

    BA

    Bar

    C

    R

    06

    –

    PH

    Public House

    C

    R

    06

    –

    NC

    Nightclub

    C

    R

    08

    –

    SM

    Supermarket

    C

    R

    08

    –

    CS

    Convenience Store

    C

    R

    09

    –

    BS

    Betting Shop

    C

    R

    09

    –

    OL

    Off-licence

    C

    R

    02

    –

    EV

    Electric Car Charging Station

    C

    T

    11

    –

    CA

    Road Bridge Over Canal

    C

    T

    11

    –

    MU

    Road Bridge Over Multiple

    C

    T

    11

    –

    NN

    Road Bridge Over No Network

    C

    T

    11

    –

    PA

    Road Bridge Over Path

    C

    T

    11

    –

    RA

    Road Bridge Over Railway

    C

    T

    11

    –

    RO

    Road Bridge Over Road

    C

    T

    11

    –

    WA

    Road Bridge Over Water

    Westmorland and Furness – 935

    Scarborough – 2730

    North Yorkshire – 2745

    Ryedale – 2725

    North Yorkshire – 2745

    Selby – 2735

    North Yorkshire – 2745

    Hambleton – 2710

    North Yorkshire – 2745

    Richmondshire – 2720

    North Yorkshire – 2745

    Harrogate – 2715

    North Yorkshire – 2745

    Craven – 2705

    North Yorkshire – 2745

    Mendip – 3305

    Somerset – 3300

    Sedgemoor – 3310

    Somerset – 3300

    Somerset West and Taunton – 3330

    Somerset – 3300

    South Somerset – 3325

    Somerset – 3300

    'Working with COU data' in the AddressBase Getting Started Guide
    Graph showing the number of Postcode Address File (PAF) matched records in AddressBase by epoch. The number of PAF matched records in AddressBase has increased steadily over time, from 30 223 404 in Epoch 98 to 30 460 926 in Epoch 106.

    See rows below

    See rows below

    Street

    1 502 803

    1 502 800

    3

    Street Descriptor

    1 625 566

    1 625 563

    3

    BLPU

    40 693 173

    40 693 150

    23

    Classification

    44 565 452

    44 565 429

    23

    LPI

    45 806 592

    45 806 568

    24

    Organisation

    1 413 928

    1 413 926

    2

    Delivery Point Address

    30 518 991

    30 518 991

    0

    Application Cross Ref.

    197 454 866

    197 454 843

    23

    Successor

    0

    0

    0

    4 845

    Classification

    68 326

    74 757

    23 596

    LPI

    68 513

    74 368

    5 753

    Organisation

    7 404

    5 298

    5 721

    Delivery Point Address

    41 237

    15 780

    12 804

    Application Cross Ref.

    225 943

    414 146

    41 019

    OS MasterMap Highways Network

    08 January 2024

    Code-Point with Polygons

    04 January 2024

    Boundary-Line

    03 October 2023

    'Working with COU data' in the AddressBase Getting Started Guide
    Graph showing the number of Postcode Address File (PAF) matched records in AddressBase by epoch. The number of PAF matched records in AddressBase has increased steadily over time, from 30 256 908 in Epoch 99 to 30 519 002 in Epoch 108.
    BLPU State Code Enumeration

    AddressBase Products January 2024 – Epoch 107

    This release note provides information about the January 2024 (Epoch 107) release of the AddressBase products. These products were released to customers on 05 January 2024.

    Record counts

    Product
    Full Supply Record Count[1]
    Change-Only Update Record Count[2]

    OS Open UPRN

    40 644 365

    1. These counts are based on a Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS). If you have ordered your national coverage via the online ordering system using a polygon outline, then your counts may differ.

    2. Change-Only Updates are not available for the OS Open UPRN product.

    Product supply comparison

    There is a difference in product counts between taking a national Managed Great Britain Set (MGBS) and a national Area of Interest (AOI). This is because the two supplies use different selection criteria. The differences are shown in the following table, allowing for you to validate your data holdings once you have loaded the latest release of AddressBase data.

    The national AOI refers to the pre-selection GB polygon from our download store. Therefore, if you have drawn your own AOI, the count will vary.

    If you are unsure of your supply type, please check this with your OS Relationship Manager.

    Product
    MGBS Full Count
    National AOI Full Count
    Difference

    Changed records

    If you receive a Change-Only Update (COU) supply for your AddressBase product, you will receive Insert, Update and Delete records within the supplied file. The following tables detail the numbers of these records which can be expected in an MGBS supply, and also how many tiles are affected if you take your supply as Changed Chunks.

    AddressBase

    Change Type
    Count

    AddressBase Plus

    Change Type
    Count

    AddressBase Premium

    AddressBase Premium Table
    Inserts
    Updates
    Deletes

    Source data currency

    The following information relates to the currency of the source data used in the creation of Epoch 107:

    Data Source
    Date

    Data issues

    AddressBase Plus issues

    Affected output formats: CSV and GML

    • There are 7 416 Unique Property Reference Numbers (UPRNs) which reference a Parent UPRN that cannot be found in the product. This is because the Parent UPRN is either provisional or historic and is not matched to the Royal Mail Postcode Address File (PAF) or Valuation Office Agency (VOA) record, meaning that it is not included in the AddressBase Plus product as per the existing background logic rules.

    • There are 273 records with a sao_start_no or sao_text that have no Parent UPRN in the product. This is because the Parent UPRN is a historical record which is included as part of the logic for record inclusion in the AddressBase Plus products.

    Improvements in Epoch 107

    Valuation Office Agency matching

    The match rates for Council Tax and Non-Domestic Rates for Epoch 107 are detailed as follows based on Valuation Office Agency (VOA) records up to 27 November 2023. The match rate is applicable to the AddressBase Premium product.

    Data Source
    Records Received
    % Matched

    Tertiary classifications

    Work is being undertaken to improve the classifications of records within the AddressBase products. This work has resulted in 56 205 more tertiary classifications present in Epoch 107 compared to Epoch 106. Indeed, 88.79% of these tertiary classification improvements are against residential codes.

    PAF matching

    The following graph shows the number of Postcode Address File (PAF) matched records in AddressBase by epoch:

    New Tertiary and Quaternary Classification Codes

    We have introduced new tertiary and quaternary classification codes to the AddressBase classification scheme. The new tertiary classification for pharmacies and a number of additional quaternary classifications provides a more granular view for pubs, supermarkets, convenience stores and electric vehicle charging points. This makes these classes easier to filter in AddressBase.

    We have also introduced additional classifications for bridges within AddressBase to represent the type of feature the bridge spans over. This helps to facilitate effective decision making for customers who use bridge features.

    Primary code
    Secondary code
    Tertiary code
    Tertiary description
    Quaternary code
    Quaternary description

    This change to the classification schema was implemented in Epoch 100, which was published on 30 March 2023. From this date, these new tertiary and quaternary classification codes have been included in AddressBase products.

    Local Authority Changes

    In our addressing products, we provide information detailing which local authority an address is within. From 01 April 2023, several local authorities reorganised to form new authorities. This means that the local authority code for all addresses within the affected authorities changed from the old authority to the new one, resulting in approximately 1.3 million records being updated. These changes will be seen in product from Epoch 101 onwards. The table below maps the changes:

    Existing Authority Code (pre-April 2023)
    New Authority Code (post-April 2023)

    Next release

    The next release of AddressBase products, Epoch 108, is scheduled for Thursday 22 February 2024.

    Creating a single-line or multi-line address

    The AddressBase products provide a variety of data fields, allowing you to construct different forms of an address for a given addressable object, dependent on how the address is to be used.

    AddressBase contains the Delivery Point Address which is sourced from Royal Mail’s Postcode Address File (PAF) – a non-geocoded list of addresses. These addresses are used primarily as a ‘mailing list’ for postal purposes.

    There are two types of address contained in the AddressBase Plus products:

    • Delivery Point Address

    • Geographic Address

    These two address types come from different sources and are matched together by GeoPlace.

    See rows below

    Street

    1 501 744

    1 501 743

    1

    Street Descriptor

    1 624 334

    1 624 333

    1

    BLPU

    40 644 365

    40 644 342

    22

    Classification

    44 520 722

    44 520 699

    23

    LPI

    45 743 832

    45 743 808

    24

    Organisation

    1 412 245

    1 412 243

    2

    Delivery Point Address

    30 490 558

    30 490 558

    0

    Application Cross Ref.

    197 269 942

    197 269 919

    23

    Successor

    0

    0

    0

    Classification

    63 653

    51 535

    18 934

    LPI

    68 427

    144 366

    3 367

    Organisation

    6 628

    4 466

    5 102

    Delivery Point Address

    37 813

    9 405

    8 170

    Application Cross Ref.

    227 465

    370 122

    29 483

    OS MasterMap Highways Network

    06 November 2023

    Code-Point with Polygons

    02 October 2023

    Boundary-Line

    03 October 2023

    –

    BA

    Bar

    C

    R

    06

    –

    PH

    Public House

    C

    R

    06

    –

    NC

    Nightclub

    C

    R

    08

    –

    SM

    Supermarket

    C

    R

    08

    –

    CS

    Convenience Store

    C

    R

    09

    –

    BS

    Betting Shop

    C

    R

    09

    –

    OL

    Off-licence

    C

    R

    02

    –

    EV

    Electric Car Charging Station

    C

    T

    11

    –

    CA

    Road Bridge Over Canal

    C

    T

    11

    –

    MU

    Road Bridge Over Multiple

    C

    T

    11

    –

    NN

    Road Bridge Over No Network

    C

    T

    11

    –

    PA

    Road Bridge Over Path

    C

    T

    11

    –

    RA

    Road Bridge Over Railway

    C

    T

    11

    –

    RO

    Road Bridge Over Road

    C

    T

    11

    –

    WA

    Road Bridge Over Water

    Scarborough – 2730

    North Yorkshire – 2745

    Ryedale – 2725

    North Yorkshire – 2745

    Selby – 2735

    North Yorkshire – 2745

    Hambleton – 2710

    North Yorkshire – 2745

    Richmondshire – 2720

    North Yorkshire – 2745

    Harrogate – 2715

    North Yorkshire – 2745

    Craven – 2705

    North Yorkshire – 2745

    Mendip – 3305

    Somerset – 3300

    Sedgemoor – 3310

    Somerset – 3300

    Somerset West and Taunton – 3330

    Somerset – 3300

    South Somerset – 3325

    Somerset – 3300

    N/A

    AddressBase

    30 386 645

    114 610

    AddressBase Plus

    37 929 351

    524 249

    AddressBase Premium

    See rows below

    See rows below

    Street

    1 501 744

    6 055

    Street Descriptor

    1 624 334

    3 329

    BLPU

    40 644 365

    275 951

    Classification

    44 520 722

    134 122

    LPI

    45 743 832

    216 160

    Organisation

    1 412 245

    16 196

    Delivery Point Address

    30 490 558

    55 388

    Application Cross Ref.

    197 269 942

    627 070

    Successor

    0

    0

    AddressBase

    30 386 645

    30 386 645

    0

    AddressBase Plus

    37 929 351

    37 929 332

    19

    AddressBase Premium

    See rows below

    Inserts

    37 526

    Updates

    68 614

    Deletes

    8 470

    COU Populated Tile Count

    5 275

    Inserts

    54 062

    Updates

    458 759

    Deletes

    11 428

    COU Populated Tile Count

    7 261

    Street

    2 426

    3 610

    19

    Street Descriptor

    2 636

    674

    19

    BLPU

    52 904

    220 510

    Royal Mail PAF

    30 November 2023

    National Land and Property Gazetteer

    30 November 2023

    One Scotland Gazetteer

    30 November 2023

    VOA Non-Domestic Rates

    27 November 2023

    VOA Council Tax

    27 November 2023

    OS MasterMap Topography Layer

    21 November 2023

    Council tax

    26 995 187

    99.92

    Non-domestic rates

    2 129 321

    96.33

    C

    M

    06

    Pharmacy

    –

    –

    C

    R

    Allerdale – 905

    Cumberland – 940

    Carlisle – 915

    Cumberland – 940

    Copeland – 920

    Cumberland – 940

    Barrow-in-Furness – 910

    Westmorland and Furness – 935

    Eden – 925

    Westmorland and Furness – 935

    South Lakeland – 930

    Graph showing the number of Postcode Address File (PAF) matched records in AddressBase by epoch. The number of PAF matched records in AddressBase has increased steadily over time, from 30 223 404 in Epoch 98 to 30 490 569 in Epoch 107.
    The number of Postcode Address File (PAF) matched records in AddressBase by epoch. The number of PAF matched records in AddressBase has increased steadily over time, from 30 223 404 in Epoch 98 to 30 490 569 in Epoch 107.

    It's important that COUs are processed with Deletes first, then Inserts and Updates. This is to ensure that updates are applied in the correct order. Further guidance on this can be found in 'Working with COU data' in the AddressBase Getting Started Guide.

    See rows below

    2 537

    06

    Westmorland and Furness – 935

    As noted above, the Delivery Point Address is sourced from Royal Mail’s PAF data. Geographic Addresses are maintained by contributing Local Authorities. The structure of a Geographic Address is based on the British Standard BS7666. These addresses are used to provide an accurate geographic locator for an object to support, for example, service delivery, asset management, or command and control operations. They also represent the legal form of addresses as created under street naming and numbering legislation.

    Each UPRN in AddressBase Plus provides the Geographic Address and, where matched, the Delivery Point Address in a one-to-one relationship. If there is no match, then the following fields will be left empty:

    DEPARTMENT_NAME

    ORGANISATION_NAME

    SUB_BUILDING_NAME

    BUILDING_NAME

    BUILDING_NUMBER

    PO_BOX_NUMBER

    DEPENDENT_THOROUGHFARE (and WELSH_DEPENDENT_THOROUGHFARE)

    THOROUGHFARE (and WELSH_THOROUGHFARE)

    DOUBLE_DEPENDENT_LOCALITY (and WELSH_DOUBLE_DEPENDENT_LOCALITY)

    DEPENDENT_LOCALITY (and WELSH_DEPENDENT_LOCALITY)

    POST_TOWN (and WELSH_POST_TOWN)

    POSTCODE

    Background

    A common requirement for customers using the AddressBase products is to build a single address label from core address elements.

    There are two types of address label. The simplest is a full address on a single line with different elements separated by commas and spaces. This type of label is suited for displaying a full address within a tabular display, such as within an on-screen data grid or spreadsheet, or where a single-line printed address is most appropriate (such as within the text, header or footer of a letter):

    ROSE COTTAGE, 5 MAIN STREET, ADDRESSVILLE, LONDON, SE99 9EX

    The other type of formatted address is a multi-line address label. These are most often used on envelopes or at the tops of letters, where different parts of an address are separated onto different lines:

    ROSE COTTAGE

    5 MAIN STREET

    ADDRESSVILLE LONDON

    SE99 9EX

    This guide outlines a methodology for structuring and layering a single address label, providing suggested logic to build both the Delivery Point and Geographic Address. The logic in Delivery Point Address is applicable to AddressBase, AddressBase Plus and AddressBase Plus Islands. The logic in Geographic Address is only applicable to AddressBase Plus and AddressBase Plus Islands.

    The rules in this guide are suggestions only and can be used for visual display of full addresses. It is strongly recommended that address components are stored in the format in which they are provided in order to allow maximum flexibility of use and derived value.

    Delivery Point Address (PAF Address)

    A Delivery Point Address contains information sourced from Royal Mail (PAF). Stringent rules are used to match these addresses to the Geographic Address and assign a common UPRN to link addresses from the two addressing sources together in the data model.

    To construct a single address label based purely on the Royal Mail PAF address fields, the following attributes can be used to build a Delivery Point Address label.

    The table below provides details of the Delivery Point Address Components.

    Delivery Point Address Component
    Type

    DEPARTMENT_NAME

    Character

    ORGANISATION_NAME

    Character

    SUB_BUILDING_NAME

    Character

    BUILDING_NAME

    Character

    BUILDING_NUMBER

    Integer

    PO_BOX_NUMBER

    Integer

    These address components are listed in the correct order in which they should appear on an address label. There may be a business need to replace the thoroughfare, locality and post_town attributes with the Welsh equivalent. The following examples use the English version of these attributes only.

    It should be noted that most of the PAF fields are optional and may contain null values (or zero, in the cases of ‘BUILDING NUMBER’ and ‘PO BOX NUMBER’). In these cases, those fields should be omitted.

    The following (entirely fictional) example shows all of the PAF fields filled in (apart from the PO Box number) and indicates how they should be ordered in a single address label.

    Delivery Point Address Component
    Example

    DEPARTMENT_NAME

    CUSTOMER SERVICE DEPARTMENT

    ORGANISATION_NAME

    JW SIMPSON LTD.

    SUB_BUILDING_NAME

    UNIT 3

    BUILDING_NAME

    THE OLD FORGE 7

    BUILDING_NUMBER

    7

    PO_BOX_NUMBER

    In cases where a PO BOX NUMBER is present, it will only be described in the data as an integer. In order to properly format these addresses when generating an address label, these integers should be prefixed with the text ‘PO BOX’, as shown in the following example:

    Delivery Point Address Component
    Data Content
    Formatted output

    ORGANISATION_NAME

    ‘JWS CONSULTING’

    JWS CONSULTING

    PO_BOX_NUMBER

    5422

    PO BOX 5422

    THOROUGHFARE

    ‘HIGH STREET’

    HIGH STREET

    POST_TOWN

    'SPRINGFIELD’

    Where null or empty, string values exist (for character fields) or zeros or nulls (for integer fields), those fields should be entirely omitted from the output. However, the order in which the fields should be concatenated always remains the same.

    Delivery Point Address Component
    Data content
    Formatted output

    DEPARTMENT_NAME

    Null

    ORGANISATION_NAME

    ‘TM MOTORS’

    TM MOTORS

    SUB_BUILDING_NAME

    Null

    BUILDING_NAME

    ‘THE OLD BARN’

    Building a single-line Delivery Point Address

    Building a single-line, formatted address for a Delivery Point is relatively straightforward. All the fields should be checked in the order shown previously in Table 1, and those that have values should be concatenated together into a single line. Generally, address components should be separated by a comma followed by a single space (‘, ’), although sometimes only a space is used between a building number and a thoroughfare name. You can use your preference.

    An example of SQL logic to create a single-line Delivery Point Address is on our GitHub repository https://github.com/OrdnanceSurvey/AddressBase/tree/master/SQL, which should be used under the following considerations:

    • The SQL operator for concatenating text is a double pipe (‘||’).

    • CASE blocks have been used to test each of the fields for null values before concatenating its contents (along with a suitable separator – either ‘, ’ or ‘ ’).

    • The field names and table names used are illustrative and may vary between databases.

    • Depending on the database schema and data loading method used, it may be necessary to test some fields for empty strings (‘’) or zero values (for integer fields) instead of, or as well as, testing for NULLs.

    • If you are using PostGres (PostGIS), it might be beneficial to substitute the ‘IS NOT NULL’ with != ‘’. This should improve the overall appearance of the output.

    Building a multi-line Delivery Point Address

    Splitting a Delivery Point Address into multiple lines is more complicated. There are several rules to consider in order to avoid having very short lines (for example, just a building number) or very long lines within the formatted address. A summary of these rules is as follows:

    • Generally, if there is a building number, it should appear on the same line as the thoroughfare (or dependent thoroughfare) name. If there is no thoroughfare name information, it should appear on the same line as the first locality name.

    • In cases where building numbers have been placed in the building name field due to the presence of a letter suffix (for example, ‘11A’) or a number range separator (for example, ‘3–5’), these should be detected and placed on the same line as the thoroughfare name in the same way as a building number (or on the first locality line if no thoroughfare name is present).

    • In most other cases, the building name, if present, should appear on a separate line above the thoroughfare (or dependent thoroughfare) name. If there is no thoroughfare name present, it should appear on the same line as the first locality name.

    • Similar tests should be applied to the SUB_BUILDING_NAME field: if this field contains a number, a number with a suffix, or a numeric range, it should precede the building name on the same line. In most other cases, it should appear on a separate line above the building name.

    Geographic Address (Local Authority Address)

    The structure of a Geographic Address is based on the British Standard BS7666 and is split into several components. This means that in order to construct a complete address label (for example, on an envelope, database form or GIS display), the components need to be constructed according to a set of rules.

    Within the AddressBase Plus products, the core property level address information is stored within the Primary Addressable Object (PAO) and Secondary Addressable Object (SAO) fields. The additional attribution required to build a full address label are the la_organisation, street_description, locality, town_name, administrative_area and postcode_locator.

    For a full description of PAOs and SAOs, and the complete set of AddressBase Plus fields, please refer to the Technical Specification on your respective product:

    • AddressBase technical specification

    • AddressBase Plus technical specification

    • AddressBase Plus Islands technical specification

    Constructing a single address label from the Geographic Address fields

    To construct a single address label based purely on the BS7666 address fields, the following attributes should be used to build a Geographic Address label.

    Geographic Address Component
    Type

    LA_ORGANISATION

    Character

    SAO_TEXT (or ALT_LANGUAGE_SAO_TEXT)

    Character

    SAO_START_NUMBER

    Integer

    SAO_START_SUFFIX

    Character

    SAO_END_NUMBER

    Integer

    SAO_END_SUFFIX

    Character

    *ADMINISTRATIVE_AREA is optional because it is common for this field to be the same as the TOWN_NAME. Sometimes, however, this field will help users construct a more complete address.

    These address components are listed in the correct order in which they should appear on an address label. There may be a business need to use alternate language fields for the SAO_TEXT, PAO_TEXT and STREET_DESCRIPTION, which are also listed in the correct order above.

    Rendering SAOs and PAOs

    When building a single address label, it may be necessary to concatenate the various SAO fields and PAO fields together respectively. These fields contain any property names, numbers, number ranges or suffixes that apply to an address.

    A PAO number/range string should be constructed from the PAO_START_NUMBER, PAO_START_SUFFIX, PAO_ END_NUMBER and PAO_END_SUFFIX fields, as illustrated in the following table.

    Attribute
    Example 1
    Example 2
    Example 3
    Example 4

    PAO_START_NUMBER PAO_START_SUFFIX PAO_END_NUMBER PAO_END_SUFFIX

    1

    1

    A

    1

    5

    1

    A 5 C

    Rendered PAO range

    1

    1A

    1-5

    1A-5C

    Similarly, a SAO number/range string should be constructed from the SAO_START_NUMBER, SAO_START_SUFFIX, SAO_END_NUMBER and SAO_END_SUFFIX fields, as illustrated in the following table.

    In addition to the numeric range fields described above, there are also PAO_text and SAO_text fields. These fields may be populated instead of, or as well as, the numeric range fields. In both cases, if both text and a numeric range string are present, the text should appear before the numeric range in any formatted address.

    Attribute
    Example 1
    Example 2
    Example 3
    Example 4

    PAO (number string) PAO (text)

    1

    1A

    1A

    Rose Cottage

    Rose Cottage

    Rendered PAO (showing street name location)

    1 <street>

    1A <street>

    Rose Cottage, 1A

    <street>

    Rose Cottage,

    <street>

    For PAOs, there will always be either a text entry or a numeric/range entry, or both. This is not the case for SAOs, which may be entirely absent for a given address.

    Street description, town, locality and administrative area names

    The street description and administrative area names are always present, while the locality name and town name may be empty.

    The ADMINISTRATIVE_AREA field always contains a value; however, this value will not always enhance an address, but in some cases it will. In particular, check that it is not the same as the value in the TOWN_NAME field, as this is often the case.

    Administrative area not included
    vs
    Administrative area included (BURY)

    34, CROW LANE, RAMSBOTTOM, BL0 9BR

    34, CROW LANE, RAMSBOTTOM, BURY, BL0 9BR

    In other cases, the administrative area name will simply contain the local authority name, which would not traditionally form part of a single or multi-line address but can be included to add additional information to an address label. Its inclusion is largely down to business requirements or personal preference; however, it may also be useful to 'de-duplicate' some Geographic Addresses.

    The following (entirely fictional) example shows all of the BS7666 Geographic Address fields filled in and how they should be ordered in a single address label.

    Geographic Address Component
    Example

    LA_ORGANISATION SAO_TEXT

    SAO (number/range string)* PAO_TEXT

    PAO (number/range string)* STREET_DESCRIPTION LOCALITY

    TOWN_NAME ADMINISTRATIVE_AREA

    POSTCODE_LOCATOR

    JW SIMPSON LTD THE ANNEXE

    1A

    THE OLD MILL 7–9

    MAIN STREET HOOK WARSASH SOUTHAMPTON

    SO99 9ZZ

    *The number/range strings are built from the relevant PAO/SAO START_NUMBER, START_SUFFIX, END_NUMBER and END_SUFFIX fields, as described above, and formatted as character strings.

    Where an administrative area matches the town name, it should always be omitted.

    Delivery Point Address Component
    Data content
    Formatted output

    PAO_TEXT

    ‘HIGHBURY HOUSE’

    HIGHBURY HOUSE

    STREET_DESCRIPTION

    ‘HIGH STREET’

    HIGH STREET

    TOWN_NAME

    ‘SOUTHAMPTON’

    SOUTHAMPTON

    ADMINISTRATIVE_AREA

    ‘SOUTHAMPTON’

    Where null or empty string values exist (for character fields) or zeros or nulls (for integer fields), those fields should be entirely omitted from the output; however, the order in which the fields should be concatenated always remains the same.

    Delivery Point Address Component
    Data content
    Formatted output

    ORGANISATION

    ‘TM MOTORS’

    TM MOTORS

    SAO_TEXT

    null

    SAO (number/range string)*

    null

    PAO_TEXT

    ‘THE OLD BARN’

    Building a single-line Geographic Address

    Building a single-line, formatted address for a Geographic Address is slightly more complicated than for a Delivery Point Address due to the need to preformat the SAO and PAO number/range strings. However, once this is done, the process is largely the same as before: the calculated fields should be checked in the order shown previously in Constructing a single address label from the Geographic Address fields, and those that have values should be concatenated together into a single line. Generally, address components should be separated by a comma followed by a single space (‘, ’), although sometimes only a space is used between a PAO number/range string and a street description. This is down to personal preference.

    Example SQL logic to create a single-line Geographic Address can be found on our GitHub repository, which should be used under the following considerations:

    • The SQL operator for concatenating text is a double pipe (‘||’).

    • CASE blocks have been used to test each of the fields for null values before concatenating its contents (along with a suitable separator – either ‘, ’ or ‘ ’).

    • The field names and table names used are illustrative and may vary between databases.

    • Depending on the database schema and data loading method used, it may be necessary to test some fields for empty strings (‘’) or zero values (for integer fields) instead of or as well as testing for NULLs.

    Building a multi-line Geographic Address

    Splitting a Geographic Address into multiple lines is more complex. As with Delivery Point Addresses, there are several rules to consider in order to avoid having very short lines (for example, just a building number) or very long lines within the formatted address.

    A summary of these rules is as follows:

    1. Generally, if there is a PAO number/range string, it should appear on the same line as the Street Description. For example: 11A MAIN STREET

    2. If there is a PAO_text value, it should always appear on the line above the Street Name (or on the line above the <PAO number string> + <Street Name> where there is a PAO number/range).

      PAO_text only

      PAO_text and PAO number or range

      ROSE COTTAGE, MAIN STREET

      ROSE COTTAGE, 11A MAIN STREET

    3. If there is a SAO_text value, it should appear on a separate line above the PAO_text line (or the PAO number/range + Street Name where there is no PAO_text value).

    4. If there is a SAO number/range value, it should be inserted either on the same line as the PAO_text (if there is a PAO_text value), or on the same line as the PAO number/range + Street Name (if there is only a PAO number/range value and no PAO_text value). If there are both PAO_text and a PAO number/range, then the SAO number/range should appear on the same line as the PAO_text, and the PAO number/range should appear on the street line.

    5. If there is a SAO_text value, it should always appear on its own line.

    6. If there is an Organisation Name, it should always appear alone as the top line of the address.

    7. The Locality (if present) should appear on a separate line beneath the Street Description, followed by the Town Name on the line below it. If there is no Locality, the Town Name should appear alone on the line beneath the Street Description.

    8. If the Administrative Area name is required and it is not a duplicate of the Town Name, it can optionally be included on a separate line beneath the Town Name.

    9. Finally, the Postcode Locator should be inserted on the final line of the address.

    Creating mailing lists

    Given that AddressBase Plus contains two different types of address, a decision needs to be made as to whether to use the Geographic or Delivery Point Addresses, or a mixture.

    The following two options should be considered:

    1. Use Delivery Point Addresses whenever they are available, and when they are not, use a Geographic Address.

    2. Use Geographic Addresses in all cases.

    Depending on business requirements, in some user interfaces it may be worth considering displaying both forms of an address where possible, since this will provide the maximum information available about a given UPRN.

    ‘Mixing and matching’ components from the two different forms of address into a single address label is not recommended as this is likely to cause confusion in some instances.

    Other filters

    AddressBase Plus offers other attributes that could be used in conjunction with address labels. For example, classification can be used to target certain types of property, or OS MasterMap Topography TOID cross references can be used to link address labels to Topographic objects and viewed in a GIS.

    TOID cross references are not available in AddressBase Plus Islands.

    DEPENDENT_THOROUGHFARE (or WELSH_DEPENDENT_THOROUGHFARE)

    Character

    THOROUGHFARE (or WELSH_THOROUGHFARE)

    Character

    DOUBLE_DEPENDENT_LOCALITY (or WELSH_DOUBLE_DEPENDENT_LOCALITY)

    Character

    DEPENDENT_LOCALITY (or WELSH_DEPENDENT_LOCALITY)

    Character

    POST_TOWN (or WELSH_POST_TOWN)

    Character

    POSTCODE

    Character

    DEPENDENT_THOROUGHFARE

    RICHMOND TERRACE

    THOROUGHFARE

    MAIN STREET

    DOUBLE_DEPENDENT_LOCALITY

    HOOK

    DEPENDENT_LOCALITY

    WARSASH

    POST_TOWN

    SOUTHAMPTON

    POSTCODE

    SO99 9ZZ

    SPRINGFIELD

    POSTCODE

    ‘SP77 0SF’

    SP77 0SF

    THE OLD BARN

    BUILDING_NUMBER

    0 (or null)

    PO_BOX_NUMBER

    0 (or null)

    DEPENDENT_THOROUGHFARE

    Null

    THOROUGHFARE

    ‘HORSHAM LANE’

    HORSHAM LANE

    DOUBLE_DEPENDENT_LOCALITY

    Null

    DEPENDENT_LOCALITY

    Null

    POST_TOWN

    ‘HORSHAM’

    HORSHAM

    POSTCODE

    ‘RH12 1EQ’

    RH12 1EQ

    PAO_TEXT (or ALT_LANGUAGE_PAO_TEXT)

    Character

    PAO_START_NUMBER

    Integer

    PAO_START_SUFFIX

    Character

    PAO_END_NUMBER

    Integer

    PAO_END_SUFFIX

    Character

    STREET_DESCRIPTION (or ALT_LANGUAGE_STREET_DESCRIPTION)

    Character

    LOCALITY

    Character

    TOWN_NAME

    Character

    ADMINISTRATIVE_AREA*

    Character

    POSTCODE_LOCATOR

    Character

    POSTCODE_LOCATOR

    ‘SO77 0SF’

    SO77 0SF

    THE OLD BARN

    PAO (number/range string)*

    ‘1’

    1

    STREET_DESCRIPTION

    ‘HORSHAM LANE’

    HORSHAM LANE

    LOCALITY

    null

    TOWN_NAME

    ‘HORSHAM’

    HORSHAM

    ADMINISTRATIVE_AREA

    ‘HORSHAM’

    * Duplicate name omitted

    POSTCODE_LOCATOR

    ‘RH12 1EQ’

    RH12 1EQ

    SAO_text value only, with PAO_text value only

    SAO_text value only, with PAO number/range only

    THE ANNEXE, ROSE COURT, MAIN STREET

    THE ANNEXE, 11A MAIN STREET

    SAO number/range value only, and PAO_text value only

    SAO number/range value only, and PAO number/range value only

    SAO number/range value only, and both PAO_text and PAO number/range values

    1A ROSE COURT, MAIN STREET

    1-3, 11A MAIN STREET

    1A ROSE COURT,

    11A MAIN STREET

    SAO_text value only with PAO_text only

    SAO_text and SAO number/range and PAO_text and PAO number/range

    THE ANNEXE, ROSE COTTAGE, MAIN STREET

    WARDEN’S FLAT,

    1A ROSE COURT,

    11A MAIN STREET

    Organisation Name along with all PAO + SAO fields

    COTTAGE INDUSTRY LTD, THE ANNEXE,

    1A ROSE COURT,

    11A MAIN STREET

    Locality and Town Name present

    Town Name only

    [first part of address, formatted as described above] MAIN STREET,

    HIGHFIELD, SOUTHAMPTON

    [first part of address, formatted as described above] HIGH STREET,

    SOUTHAMPTON

    Administrative Area name included

    [first part of address, formatted as described above] MAIN STREET,

    WINDSOR,

    ROYAL BOROUGH OF WINDSOR AND MAIDENHEAD

    With Postcode_Locator on final line

    [first part of address, formatted as described above] HIGH STREET,

    MILTON, ML99 0WW

    Working with COU data

    All the AddressBase products are available as a full supply or a COU. A COU means you will only be supplied with the features which have changed since your last supply. The following sections provide guidance on how you could potentially manage a COU supply of AddressBase and AddressBase Plus data.

    If you receive a tile supply, you will receive Change Chunks. This means if a record within your tile has changed, all of the records in that tile will be provided to you as inserts, and no updates or deletes will be issued.

    Tiles are only available for GB supplies, so this does not apply to AddressBase Plus Islands.

    Types of change

    At a high-level, there are three types of change found within a COU:

    • Deletes (CHANGE_TYPE ‘D’) are objects that have ceased to exist in your AOI since the last product refresh.

    • Inserts (CHANGE_TYPE ‘I’) are objects that have been newly inserted into your AOI since the last product refresh.

    • Updates (CHANGE_TYPE ‘U’) are objects that have been updated in your AOI since the last product refresh.

    High-level COU implementation model

    The diagram below shows how to implement an AddressBase, AddressBase Plus and AddressBase Plus Islands COU within a database.

    High-level COU implementation model – with archiving

    Before a COU is applied, there may be a business requirement to archive existing address records. The table below shows how to implement archiving with an AddressBase COU within a database.

    Applying COU to tables

    Within AddressBase and AddressBase Plus there will be no records with the same UPRN. This can be tested by checking the number of records that have the same UPRN. The following SQL code would notify you of any duplicates:

    This query should return 0 rows, and this confirms that there are no duplicates. As there are no duplicate records, we can use the UPRN to apply the COU.

    Once confirmed, the following steps can be taken to apply the COU (without archiving):

    Initially delete the existing records that will be updated and deleted:

    Insert the new updated records and the new inserted records:

    Where there is a business requirement to keep the records that are being Updated and Deleted in a separate archive table, the following SQL will create an Archive Table. It will populate with records that are being Updated and Deleted from the live AddressBase or AddressBase Plus table.

    The following command creates an archive table of the records that are being updated and deleted from the existing table.

    If this table already exists, you can simply use INSERT INTO rather than CREATE TABLE.

    The following command then deletes the records from the existing table, which are either updates or deletions:

    The following command then inserts the new insert records and the new updated records into the live table:

    SELECT uprn, COUNT(uprn) AS NumOccurrences FROM addressbase_plus
    GROUP BY uprn
    HAVING ( COUNT(uprn) > 1 );
    DELETE FROM addressbaseplus WHERE uprn IN (SELECT uprn FROM addressbaseplus_cou WHERE change_type != 'I');
    INSERT INTO addressbaseplus SELECT * FROM addressbaseplus _cou WHERE change_type != 'D';
    CREATE TABLE addressbaseplus_archive AS SELECT * FROM addressbaseplus
    WHERE uprn IN (SELECT uprn FROM addressbaseplus_cou WHERE change_type != 'I');
    DELETE FROM addressbaseplus
    WHERE uprn IN (SELECT uprn FROM addressbaseplus_cou WHERE change_type!= 'I');
    INSERT INTO addressbaseplus SELECT * FROM addressbaseplus_cou WHERE change_type != 'D';
    High-level COU implementation model
    High-level COU implementation model on how to create archive tables and apply a COU
    High-level COU implementation model
    High-level COU implementation model on how to create archive tables and apply a COU

    Working with CSV data

    This is not an extensive list of the applications AddressBase Core can be used in; many other GIS software applications and/or databases can be used to load the product.

    Ordnance Survey does not recommend specific suppliers or software products, as the most appropriate system will depend on many factors, for example, the amount of data being taken, resources available within the organisation, the existing and planned information technology infrastructure and the applications that AddressBase products can be used for.

    Loading data into GIS applications

    This section provides step-by-step instructions on how to load the CSV format of AddressBase Core into commonly-used GIS software.

    ArcGIS Pro

    Note - These instructions are based on ArcGIS Pro version 2.3.3. More recent releases should perform in a similar manner.

    1. Create a new blank map project in ArcGIS Pro and select an appropriate map backdrop to use as context against which to display the data. When you create a new project, ArcGIS Pro creates a new File Geodatabase into which data can be loaded.

    2. Select an area in the Map which displays the backdrop of the area of the country of interest.

    ArcMap

    Note - These instructions are based on ArcMap version 10.5.1. More recent releases should perform in a similar manner.

    1. Open ArcCatalog and create a new file geodatabase into which the AddressBase Core data will be loaded.

    2. Name the file geodatabase save it in a suitable location. In our example, the file geodatabase is

    QGIS

    Note - These instructions are based on QGIS version 3.10.5. More recent releases should perform in a similar manner.

    1. Launch QGIS with a blank new project.

    2. Add a backdrop map. You can use either a local data holding or an online mapping service from one of several providers, including Ordnance Survey. This example uses the OS Maps API light background as a contextual map.

    MapInfo Professional

    Note - These instructions are based on MapInfo Professional version 16.0.4. More recent releases should perform in a similar manner.

    1. Launch MapInfo Professional.

    2. Load a suitable backdrop map to provide context for the AB_Core data. This can be map data held locally or from a wide variety of online sources, some of which are free to use. This example uses the OS Maps API light backdrop map, with the coordinate reference system set to EPSG 27700 (British National Grid).

    CadCorp Map Modeller

    Note - These instructions are based on CadCorp Map Modeller version 9.

    1. Launch CadCorp Map Modeller.

    2. Add a suitable backdrop map for use as a contextual backdrop:

    Loading AddressBase Core into a database

    Considerations

    • BIGINT/NUMBER: The ESRI products, ArcMap, ArcGIS Desktop and ArcGIS Server, do not support the BIGINT/NUMBER data type as an Object ID. Bear this in mind if the expectation is to use this data type directly with these products. As an alternative method to facilitate using ESRI software, you can store this data as a string and add a new Serial ID to act as the Object ID.

    • Column length: If you are loading AddressBase Core data directly into a database, you may need to increase the column length to accommodate language characters such as ^. Some databases treat this as an additional character and therefore if you define the column length according to our specification there is a chance the load may fail. Please bear in mind such adjustments may be required depending on the database you use to load the data.

    The following sections describes how to load AddressBase Core into two popular databases.

    PostgreSQL

    Warning - In PostgreSQL version 11 or above, there is currently a glitch which does not allow a bulk load using a CSV. If this affects you, please follow the steps in to load the data into a GIS package and then retrospectively add it to your database.

    Note - These instructions are based on PostgreSQL version 10 and assume that you have set-up your database with the PostGIS spatial extension.

    Note:

    • Where angle brackets (<>) are used, you should be replace the entire string with your content. For example:

    Microsoft SQL Server

    Note – There are many ways to load AddressBase products into Microsoft SQL Server; this is just one suggested method for guidance.

    1. Open SQL Server Management Studio (SSMS).

    2. Right-click on the database you are loading into and select Properties.

    Working with CSV data

    Preparing the CSV data

    These instructions describe how to prepare the CSV format of AddressBase, AddressBase Plus and AddressBase Plus Islands data for processing.

    Downloading header files

    AddressBase and AddressBase Plus contain different attributes. This means that there is a separate header file for each of product. Download the file that matches your product using the links below. You will use this file in the Appending a header file to the CSV section.

    Merging multiple CSV files
    1. Unzip all the CSV files into a single folder. Ensure there are no spaces in your chosen folder path, for example: C:\AddressBase_Data or C:\AddressBase_Plus_Data or C:\AddressBase_Plus_Islands_Data.

    Appending a header file to the CSV
    1. Download and save the appropriate product CSV header file into the same folder as the merged AddressBase.csv file created in .

    2. For AddressBase data, copy the relevant text below and paste it into a new Notepad document: copy addressbase-header.csv+ mergedABdata.csv AB_Data.csv For AddressBase Plus and AddressBase Plus Islands data, copy the relevant text below and paste it into a new Notepad document:

    Loading CSV into GIS software

    These instructions describe how to load the CSV format of AddressBase, AddressBase Plus and AddressBase Plus Islands data. In these examples, AddressBase Plus data will be used to describe the procedures in various GI systems.

    It is assumed that the preparation of the AddressBase, AddressBase Plus or AddressBase Plus Islands CSV data has been carried out as instructed in before attempting to load the data. If it has not been done, the full set of data will not load, and data loaded will not contain header information.

    AddressBase, AddressBase Plus and AddressBase Plus Islands are also available from Ordnance Survey as a supply in GML format. Loading GML into most GIS applications requires the use of third-party translation software, which is not covered in this guide. If more information is required in the loading of GML format, please

    Loading CSV into ArcGIS Pro

    Note - These instructions are based on ArcGIS Pro version 2.3.3.

    Note - When using CSV data in ArcGIS Pro, it is necessary to have column headings. Please ensure that headings have already been prepared as instructed .

    1. Launch ArcGIS Pro and start a new blank project.

    Loading CSV into ArcGIS Desktop

    Note - These instructions are based on ArcGIS Desktop versions 9.3 and 10.

    Note - When using CSV data in ArcGIS , it is necessary to have column headings. Please ensure that headings have already been prepared as instructed .

    1. Launch ArcCatalog as a separate program, or within ArcMap if you are using version 10.

    Loading CSV into MapInfo Pro

    Note - These instructions are based on MapInfo Pro version 12.

    Note – MapInfo has a size limit of 2Gb on each table. This equates to a maximum number of approximately 4 million AddressBase records.

    Note - When using CSV data in MapInfo, it is not a critical requirement to have column headings. However, for ease of use we recommend using the headings supplied by Ordnance Survey. Instructions on how to merge the data and append the header files can be found in .

    1. Launch MapInfo.

    Loading CSV into QGIS

    Note - These instructions are based on QGIS version 2.6.

    1. Launch QGIS and click Settings > Options.

    2. Select CRS from the left-hand menu and check that the Coordinate Reference System is set to

    Loading CSV into a database

    This section describes how to load AddressBase products into a few common databases.

    Software dependencies:

    ArcMap, ArcGIS Desktop and ArcGIS Server software do not support the BIGINT/NUMBER data type as an Object ID. Bear this in mind if the expectation is to use this data type directly with these ESRI products. An alternative method to facilitate using ESRI software is to store this data as a string and add a new Serial ID to act as the Object ID. If you are loading AddressBase data directly into a database, you may need to increase the column length to accommodate language characters such as '^'. Some databases treat this as an additional character and therefore, if you define the column length according to our specification, there is a chance that the load may fail. Please bear in mind such adjustments may be required depending on the database you use to load the data.

    UPRN deletions:

    If a UPRN is deleted and then reinserted, this does not compromise the integrity of the UPRN and its use as a primary key. If a delete is issued for a UPRN, this does not mean it will not reappear in subsequent supplies.

    These are the reasons why this may happen:

    • The record has moved in location more than once, moving it out of your Area of Interest (AOI), hence the deletion, but then moved back into your AOI in the future. This would also occur if you altered your AOI.

    • A record has failed data validation upon a change being made. This can result, dependent on the change being made, in the record being deleted and then reintroduced when the error is fixed by the data supplier.

    If a UPRN is deleted, it will not be reallocated to a different property and it therefore remains the unique identifier for a property.

    Loading CSV into a PostGreSQL database

    Note - These steps describe how to load AddressBase into a PostGreSQL database using the text files created by following the instructions in to merge the CSV files.

    Note - These instructions are based on PostGreSQL version 1.12.3 and assume that you have set-up your database with the PostGIS spatial extension. It is recommended that you have basic understanding of database terminology before following this guide.

    1. Prepare the text files as described in .

    Loading CSV into an Oracle database

    Note - These instructions assume a basic knowledge of Oracle databases and SQLLDR (the package used to load the CSV files into the database). Other options are available for loading data into Oracle databases.

    Using SQLLDR it is not necessary to merge all the AddressBase files into a single file, but it can load the data directly from the file provided as long as it has been unzipped first.

    The following steps describe one method for loading a full supply of the data. Sections in italics denote where changes will need to be made to accommodate local file naming.

    1. Copy the data files from the disk to an appropriate location. It is worth noting that the files will need to be unzipped and therefore you will need in the region of 43Gb of free space.

    Loading CSV into Microsoft SQL Server

    Note - The following instructions assume that users have basic knowledge of Microsoft SQL Server and that the CSV data is already prepared as described in .

    Note – There are many ways to load AddressBase products into Microsoft SQL Server; this is just one suggested method for guidance.

    1. Open the SQL Server Management Studio (SSMS).

  • On the right-hand side of the window, open the Catalog pane.

  • Expand the folder structure to show the new file geodatabase created with the project. In this example, the database is called AddressBase_Core.gbd.

    ArcGIS Pro UI showing AddressBase_Core.gbd in the Catalog pane
  • Right-click on the file geodatabase and in the context menu and select Import table. A new Geoprocessing window will open.

  • In the Geoprocessing window fill in the fields marked with a red asterisk:

    • Input Rows: Navigate to the location of the AddressBase Core .csv file.

    • Output Name: Provide a name for the output standalone table.

    • Click Run.

      The application will run a script to load the CSV file into the file geodatabase.

  • A green tick box message will appear the process is complete and a new standalone table will display in the left pane.

    ArcGIS Pro showing Standalone Tables in the left pane
  • To view the contents of the standalone table, right-click on the new table and select Open. The contents of the file will be displayed in a new browsing window.

    ArcGIS Pro showing standalone tables in new browsing window
  • To display the contents of the table against the map backdrop, you need to display the XY data in the table:

    • Right-click the standalone table (AB_Core in our example) in the left pane and select Display XY Data. A new Geoprocessing window will display.

    • Select the X Field (normally easting) and Y Field (normally northing).

    • Select the British_National_Grid option from the coordinate system dropdown list.

    • Click Run.

      The process will now run, and a green tick box message will appear when complete.

    The AddressBase Core data will now display against your chosen mapping backdrop, as shown in the screenshot below. In the left pane, a new feature class, named NAMEDAB_CoreXYTableToPoint1 will display.

    You can now interrogate and style the data as you prefer.

  • ABCore_ArcMap.gdb
    ArcCatalog showing new file geodatabase
  • Right-click the new file geodatabase and select import table (single).

  • In the dialog box:

    • Input Rows: Enter details of the CSV table being loaded.

    • Output Table: Enter the output table it will be called within the file geodatabase.

    • Field Map: Leave this as default to add all the fields within the CSV file.

    • Click OK to proceed. When populated, the dialog box will look similar to the screenshot below.

      When the process is complete, a green tick window will appear.

  • In ArcCatalog, the CSV file will have been added to the file geodatabase

    ArcCatalog showing new table added to the file geodatabase
  • Creating the address location geometries

    To display the data in the CSV file against a mapping backdrop, you need to create a new feature class using the XY coordinates from the table.

    1. Right-click on the new table and select Create Feature Class > From XY table.

    2. In the Create Feature Class From XY Table dialog:

      ArcMap Create Feature Class From XY Table dialog
      • X Field: Select easting.

      • Y Field: Select northing.

      • Coordinate System of Input Coordinates: Select British National Grid and click OK.

      • Output: Click the folder icon:

        • Save as Type: Select File and Personal Geodatabase feature class.

        • Name: Give the output a name

        • Click Save.

      • Click OK to close the the Create Feature Class From XY Table dialog.

    3. In ArcCatalog, a new feature class will have been created as containing point features.

    Displaying the address location

    1. In ArcMap, open a suitable backdrop map to overlay the data against. This can be from locally held data or using one of several available WMS or WMTS mapping services, some of which are free to use. Carry out the following steps to achieve this.

      ArcMap UI showing backdrop map

    2. Click Add Data.

      ArcMap Add Data button
    3. Navigate to the folder that contains the geodatabase file, select the XY feature class and then click Add.

    4. The AddressBase Core data is now displays and is ready for use in ArcMap.

    Make sure that the coordinate reference system is set to EPSG 27700 (British National Grid).

    QGIS EPSG 27700 (British National Grid) coordinate reference system option
  • Click the comma icon (Add Delimited Text Layer) in the Manage Layers toolbar on the left. To activate this toolbar, go to View > Toolbars > Manage Layers toolbar and make sure that Manage Layers Toolbar option is selected.

    QGIS Add Delimited Text Layer option in left side toolbar
  • In Data Source Manager | Delimited Text window:

    • File name: Select the AddressBase Core data CSV file.

    • First record has field names: Make sure this option is selected. In this instance, the first record in the data in this instance has field names.

    • X field: Select easting.

    • Y field: Select northing.

    • Click Add.

  • The data will now load into QGIS and you click Close can close the window. You can now interrogate and style it differently, if required, using the tools in QGIS.

    QGIS UI showing AddressBase Core data on the background map
  • Adding a spatial index to the data

    You can improve rendering performance by adding a spatial index to the data.

    1. Right-click on the AB_Core entry in the Layers panel and select Properties. Click on the source tab on the left. The following window will appear.

    2. Open the Source tab and click Create Spatial Index. The index will be built, improving the rendering of the data for use.

      Layer Properties window showing Create Spatial Index option
    3. Close the window when the process is complete.

  • Select the Table tab in the top menu and select Open > Table. You may have set up a quick launch button to open tables at the very top of the window.

    MapInfo Professional UI showing Table tab
  • In the Open dialog:

    • Select the folder where the AB_Core data is stored.

    • Files of type: Change this to Comma delimited CSV (*.csv).

    • Preferred View: Leave this as Automatic.

    • Click Open.

  • In the Comma Delimited CSV Information dialog:

    • Delimiter: Leave this as a comma.

    • File Character Set: Leave this as Unicode UTF-8.

    • Use First Line for Column Titles: Select this option. The AB_Core data already contains the header information within the CSV file.

    • Click OK.

  • The AB_Core data will now be loaded into MapInfo Professional in a table browser window and will appear in the list of loaded windows in the left pane.

    MapInfo Professional showing AB_Core table
  • Displaying the address location

    To display the data against the backdrop map, you need to geocode the table. In other words, the XY coordinates need to be specified.

    1. In the Spatial tab in the top menu select Create Points.

      MapInfo Professional UI showing Spatial > Create Points option
    2. In the Create Points dialog:

      • Symbology: Select a symbol. You can use various symbols from a library of appropriate symbols loaded with MapInfo.

      • Projection: Select British National Grid.

      • Get X Coordinates from: Select easting.

      • Get Y Coordinates from: Select northing.

      • Click OK .

    3. In the Table tab in the top menu click Open > Table. You can also use a short cut if one is defined.

    4. In the Open dialog:

      1. Select the newly created table containing XY coordinates.

      2. Preferred View: Select Current Mapper

      3. Click Open.

    5. Save the workspace in MapInfo Professional for future use.

    Open a blank map and ensure that the default coordinate reference system is set to British National Grid.

  • Select Add Overlay.

    CadCorp UI highlighting Add Overlay button
  • In Overlay Types, select Web > Tile Dataset, and then select Next.

    CadCorp Overlay Types dialog
  • In Tile Dataset, expand Ordnance Survey (GB) > OS Open Zoomstack, select one of the available styles and then click Finish.

    CadCorp Tile Dataset dialog

    The backdrop map will load. For this option, an internet connection is required. You could use a locally held overlay of data as an alternative option.

  • To add the CSV data:

    • Select Add Overlay.

      CadCorp UI highlighting Add Overlay button and displaying backdrop map
    • In Overlay Types, select Databases > View Points, and then click Next.

      CadCorp Overlay Types dialog

    • In Database Types, select Comma Separated File and then click Next.

    • In File Browser, select the CSV file and then click Next.

      The next set of windows configure the data being loaded so that it displays properly.

    • In Database file, make sure the Keep first line option is selected and then click Next.

    • In File format, make sure that the First Row Contains Field Names option is checked and the Text Qualifier dialog is set to a comma, and then click Next.

    • In Database columns, click Next. This window does not require any configuration.

    • In Recordset, click the CSV file in the left pane, using the arrow click all the columns that appear in the right pane, and then click Next. This loads all the data fields.

    • In View Points, set the X Field to easting and the Y Field dropdown to northing, and then click More Properties… to set the coordinate reference system.

    • Change the coordinates to OSGB 1936.British National Grid and then click OK .

    • Click Finish.

  • Displaying the address location

    You may not see the AB_Core data displayed against the backdrop mapping in the main map window. This is because the default styling may have set the data to display in a form which is too small. To change this, follow these instructions.

    1. Right click the AB_Core entry in the Maps pane and select Properties.

      CadCorp UI highlighting AB_Core entry in Maps panel
    2. In Overlays > Styles:

      • Symbol: Change the type from a dot to some sort of circle.

      • Point: Change the point size so that it moves closer to a value of 0 but is still a negative number, for example -0.05. Experiment to see what is most useful for your purpose.

      • Click Apply and then OK to close the window.

      The data should now load into the Map window and, depending on the map backdrop used, will look similar to the following example.

      Save the project as an SWD document in CadCorp for later use. The data is now ready to be interrogated using the tools available in CadCorp.

    UPRN deletions: It is important to note if a UPRN is deleted and then reinserted, this does not compromise the integrity of the UPRN and its use as a primary key. If a delete is issued for a UPRN, this does not mean it will not reappear in subsequent supplies. There are several reasons this may happen:
    • The record has moved in location more than once, moving it out of your area of interest (AOI; therefore the record is deleted) but then back into your AOI in the future. This could also occur if you alter your AOI.

    • A record has failed data validation upon a change being made. This can result dependent on the change being made in the record being deleted and then reintroduced when the error is fixed by the data supplier.

    If a UPRN is deleted, it will not be reallocated to a different property and it therefore remains the unique identifier for a property.

    Becomes:

  • If referencing a schema, <schema_name>, can be placed in front of any <table_name>, for example:

    COPY ab_core.addressbase_core FROM 'C:\Address\AddressBaseCore_FULL_2020-05-25_001.csv ' DELIMITER ',' CSV HEADER;
  • These steps describe how to load AddressBase Core into a PostgreSQL database using the CSV files.

    1. Open the PGAdmin tool You can find this in Windows Start > PostgreSQL.

    2. Either connect to an existing database or create a new database. It is recommended that the encoding is set to UTF-8.

    3. Open the public schema and create the tables using the following steps: In a production environment you should use a different schema.

      • Open the SQL query tool.

      • Download PostgreSQL_AddressBase_Core_CreateTable.sql from the AddressBase_Core folder at

      • Open this SQL file in a text editor copy and paste the content into the SQL query tool within PostgreSQL. The script creates a table called addressbase_core; you can choose a different naming convention.

    4. As each table is created, load the data into the table using SQL COPY. Adding the CSV option as the first line contains a header record for each table. The path and file name may need to be changed to reflect your data set-up:

    5. Once loaded, you can add Primary Keys to the data: Primary Keys can only be added on columns where the data values are unique. The UPRN, UDPRN, USRN and TOID provide the only unique value in AddressBase Core. Where there are no unique data values, you can add an index to aid searching. To add Primary Keys:

      • Right-click on the table name and select Properties.

      • Select the Constraints tab.

    Converting coordinates to geometry

    A PostGIS extension is required to create geometries. The AddressBase products contain both British National Grid (BNG) and ETRS89 coordinates. The following SQL shows how to create a column for BNG, but you can adapt the SQL to utilise the ETRS89 data.

    1. Add a geometry column called geom to make the data usable in a GIS:

      SELECT AddGeometryColumn ('<schema_name>', '<table_name>', 'geom', 27700, 'POINT', 2);
    2. Load the data into your new geometry column:

      UPDATE <schema_name>.<table_name> SET geom = ST_GeomFromText('POINT(' || easting || ' ' || northing || ') ', 27700 )

      This sets the geom column in the BLPU table to equal the values from the easting and northing columns, with the spatial reference defined as 27700.

    3. Create a spatial index (for example, idx_abcore_geom) on the data using:

      This adds the index name idx_abcore_geom to the same table on the geom column.

    Select Options on the left-hand side.

  • Expand the dropdown box for Recovery Model and select BULK-LOGGED. This minimises the logfile size. Default logging for Microsoft SQL Server can cause logfiles to grow over 20GB which can cause loading issues.

  • Open SQL Server Management Studio (SSMS) and right-click your database from the left-hand panel.

  • Navigate to Tasks and click Import Data. This opens the SQL Server Import and Export Wizard.

  • Click Next.

  • On the next screen, change your Data Source to Flat File Source.

  • Use the Browse button to navigate to and select your CSV file. If you cannot see your files, ensure the bottom right dropdown box has CSV files (*.csv) selected.

  • Click Open.

  • Ensure Column names in the first data row is selected.

  • Check that the Text Qualifier is set to a double quote (“). This is to make sure the quotations in the raw data supply are removed upon loading but that the data remains intact.

  • On the left-hand side of this screen, select Columns and check that the column delimiter is set to Comma.

  • On the left-hand side of the screen, select Advanced.

  • For each column of data you are loading, you need to specify a Data Type. The Microsoft SQL Server loader defaults each column to a String. The correct Data Types for each column are given in the AddressBase Core technical specification.

  • Once you have changed the column types to match the correct Data Types listed in the technical specification, click Next.

  • Check that your table is going to be imported into the correct database, then click Next.

  • On this screen, you can edit the default table name that Microsoft SQL Server has chosen by clicking in the destination box. For example, for AddressBase Core renaming to [dbo].[ADDRESSBASE_CORE]

  • Select Edit Mappings in the bottom right-hand corner.

  • In the new window, deselect the checkbox against the UPRN column, which needs to be the Primary Key of the table. Click OK once the Primary Key alterations have been completed.

  • Click Next. On this screen, check that the Source column and Destination columns are correct.

  • Click Next. A summary of your import will appear. Click Finish to continue.

  • A report will be generated as your data is imported. Success should appear at the top once complete.

  • You may need to right-click on your database and click Refresh to see your new table listed.

  • Setting Primary Keys

    To create a Primary Key field you can run an SQL statement, such as the following example for AddressBase Core. Note - the columns you are creating these constraints on cannot be null or allowed to be null.

    Creating the point geometry

    You can also create point geometry using the Eastings and Northings or the Latitude and Longitude coordinate values. To do this run the following SQL statement:

    Note – This uses British National Grid coordinates, with 27700 representing the spatial reference of the data. To use the Latitude and Longitude coordinate, the spatial reference should be set to 4258 for ETRS89.

    COPY <table_name> FROM 'C:\Address\AddressBaseCore_FULL_2020-05-25_001.csv ' DELIMITER ',' CSV HEADER;
    Loading data into GIS applications
    use
    COPY addressbase_core FROM 'C:\Address\AddressBaseCore_FULL_2020-05-25_001.csv ' DELIMITER ',' CSV HEADER;
    alter table dbo.ADDRESSBASE_CORE add primary key ([UPRN]);
    alter table dbo.ADDRESSBASE_CORE
    add geometry_column as geometry::Point([easting],[northing], 27700);
    QGIS UI showing OS Maps API light background as a contextual map
    MapInfo Professional UI showing OS Maps API light backdrop map
    We recommend merging all the CSV files together to save time importing individual files. You can do this manually using a text editor such as Notepad or TextPad, but it is much faster to use a .bat batch file or an MS-DOS command as described below.
  • To use the .bat batch function, copy the following text and paste it into a new Notepad document: copy *.csv mergedABdata.csv In this example, mergedABdata.csv is the output name of the merged file which will be created, but this can be any user-defined filename with the extension .csv.

  • Save the Notepad document with the file extension .bat (for example, mergedABdata.bat) in the same directory as the CSV files unzipped previously (for example, C:\AddressBase_Data or C:\AddressBase_Plus_Data).

  • Close the .bat file and navigate to the directory where you just saved it. Double-click on the .bat file (for example, mergedABdata.bat) and an MS-DOS window will run. Once the process is complete, the MS-DOS screen will close automatically.

  • If you look in the directory containing the AddressBase CSV files and batch file, you’ll see that there is now an additional single file called mergedABdata.csv (or the user-defined filename you picked when creating your batch file).

  • copy addressbase-plus-header.csv+ mergedAB_Plusdata.csv AB_Plus_Data.csv copy addressbase-plus-header.csv+ mergedAB_Plus_Islands_data.csv AB_Plus_Islands_Data.csv
    These examples use the name
    mergedABdata.csv
    or
    mergedAB_Plusdata.csv
    as the file that contains the AddressBase data merged into a single CSV file created above. If you have named this something else, amend that text above accordingly. The order that the documents are referred to in the above text is also important as it states which file is appended to the other. In this instance, the headers CSV file comes first so that the column headers are the first line of the final AddressBase file and the merged data is appended to the column headers.
  • Save the above Notepad document with the file extension .bat (for example, append.bat) in the same directory as the column headers and the merged AddressBase data (for example, C:\AddressBase_Data or C:\AddressBase_Plus_Data or C:\AddressBase_Plus_Islands_Data).

  • Close the .bat file and navigate to the directory where it was saved to (for example, C:\AddressBase_Data or C:\AddressBase_Plus_Data). Double-click on the new .bat file (for example, append.bat) and an MS-DOS window will open. Once the process is complete, the MS-DOS screen will close automatically.

  • Navigate to the directory where the column headers and the merged AddressBase data are located. You will see that a new CSV file has been created, which is the merged column headers and AddressBase data (for example, AddressBase.csv or AddressBase_Plus.csv).

  • Select a folder to save the project to.
    ArcGIS Pro Select a folder dialog
  • Name your project and click OK. The project will then be created. Note - ArcGIS Pro automatically creates a new File Geodatabase (.gdb) within the project folder created. This is different to the creation process in the older ESRI application ArcMap.

    ArcGIS Pro Create a New Project dialog
  • You can add a backdrop map for contextual purposes from the available backdrop maps supplied by ESRI or add one of your own from a different File Geodatabase. In this example, we have added a light grey backdrop map canvas supplied by ESRI.

    ArcGIS Pro UI showing backdrop map
  • Open the Catalog pane on the right-hand side of the window and expand the listing to see the File Geodatabase created with the project.

    ArcGIS Pro UI showing File Geodatabase Catalog pane
  • To import the AddressBase or AddressBase Plus data, right-click the File Geodatabase, then select Import and from that sub-menu, select Table. A new Geoprocessing window will display in the right-hand pane.

  • Click the folder icon on the right-hand side of the Input Rows field. A new dialog will open.

    ArcGIS Pro UI showing Geoprocessing window
  • Navigate to the location with the merged AddressBase or AddressBase Plus CSV file with the appended headers that you created in Preparing the CSV data. Select the file and click OK.

    ArcGIS Pro Input Rows dialog
  • Back in the Geoprocessing window, type a name in the Output Name field, then click Run at the bottom of the window.

    ArcGIS Pro UI showing Geoprocessing window
  • Once the process has run, a green box will display at the bottom of the Geoprocessing window and the new AddressBase table will be listed in the left-hand panel.

    ArcGIS Pro UI showing new table in Geoprocessing window

    The data has loaded as a non-geometry table.

  • To make the data visible against the mapping backdrop, the XY Coordinate fields need to be specified.

    • In the Contents pane, right-click the AB_Plus table (or the output name you chose) and in the dropdown click Display XY data.

      ArcGIS Pro UI showing Contents pane
  • In the Geoprocessing window, the XY Table To Point parameters will be displayed.

    • Using the dropdown options, change the X Field to X_COORDINATE or Longitude and the Y Field to Y_COORDINATE or Latitude.

    • Change the Coordinate System to British_National_Grid by clicking the globe icon .

    • Then select Projected Co-ordinate Systems > National Grids > Europe > British National Grid. Note – If you selected X and Y as Longitude and Latitude in the step above, then you need to select ETRS89 [EPSG: 4258] instead.

  • Click Run.

  • Once the process has run, a green box will appear at the bottom of the Geoprocessing window and the output XYTableToPoint map layer should appear ticked on the left-hand Contents pane. In the Map window, the addresses will now be displayed as point features.

    ArcGIS Pro UI showing address data on the backdrop map

    You have now successfully loaded the data in ArcGIS Pro.

  • Connect to a folder where the AddressBase data you wish to use can be accessed, for example, C:\AddressBase_Data or C:\AddressBase_Plus_Data. To do this:
    • Click File, or select Folder Connections if you are using version 10.

    • Click Connect Folder, or in version 10, right-click on Folder connections > Connect Folder and navigate to the relevant folder.

    • From the main window, select the folder to connect to and click OK.

  • The folder should now appear in the navigation window to the left of the screen, or within your Catalog window if you have opened it within ArcGIS Map.

  • Create a File Geodatabase to store the address data. Using the file tree, go to folder connections and navigate to the directory where you wish to create the File Geodatabase, for example: C:\AddressBase_Geodatabase\AddressBase_Plus. This may need to be set up as a new connection as per the above.

  • Right-click on the folder where you the File Geodatabase should to be contained, then select New and File Geodatabase.

  • A File Geodatabase will be created and named by default as New File Geodatabase. Rename the File Geodatabase to a name of your choice.

  • Right-click on your new File Geodatabase, and select Import > Table (single)…

    • For Input Rows, navigate to the location of the CSV data file that contains the merged header and AddressBase or AddressBase Plus data file.

    • The Output Location should automatically populate with the location of the File Geodatabase that is to be updated; this should be the File Geodatabase you created above.

    • Insert a relevant name for the Output Table, for example: AddressBase_data. Ensure that there are no spaces in the table name. This name will appear under your geodatabase.

  • Click OK.

  • To create a map of the locations of the AddressBase records, they need to be geocoded.

    • Right-click on the AddressBase table in the geodatabase that you have just created and select Create Feature Class.

    • In the XY Table… window, you can use the dropdowns to change the X Field to either X_COORDINATE or Longitude, and the Y Field to Y_COORDINATE or Latitude.

    • Click on the Input Coordinates icon and navigate to Projected Co-ordinate Systems > National Grids > Europe > British National Grid. Note – If you selected X and Y as Longitude and Latitude in the step above, then you need to select ETRS89 [EPSG: 4258] instead.

  • Double-click on the chosen Coordinate System, then click Apply and OK.

  • Click on the folder icon alongside the Output field and navigate to the File Geodatabase you just created above. If you cannot see the File Geodatabase, ensure that the Save as type box at the bottom of the dialog box is set to File and Personal Geodatabase feature classes.

  • Type in a name for it and click Save.

  • Leave the Configuration keyword dropdown menu as DEFAULTS. Click OK. Note – You may need to right-click on the Personal Geodatabase where it was saved and select Refresh in order to see your points. At this stage, if you have completed the steps above in ArcCatalog and not within ArcMap, please continue to follow the steps below. Otherwise, if you have been using version 10 with the catalog inside ArcMap, the data can now be loaded into ArcMap.

  • In ArcMap, select File > Add Data and navigate to the folder where the File Geodatabase was created above.

  • Double-click on the File Geodatabase to open it, then select all the files inside.

  • Click Add.

  • Once the data has been loaded into ArcMap, you may wish to display more than the ESRI-defined Object ID in the Info tool. To change this:

    • Double-click on the spatial dataset.

    • Select the Fields tab.

    • Change the Primary Display Field to your desired field, for example, UPRN.

  • Cancel the Quick Start prompt.

  • Click File > Open and navigate to the folder that contains the AddressBase data.

  • In the Files of Type dropdown menu, select Comma delimited CSV (*.csv), then click on the AddressBase data to be loaded. Click Open.

  • In the next window, tick the Use First Line for Column Titles box and select the character set INSERT CHARACTER SET. Click OK. Note – When adding data this way, the field type classifications and field sizes of each column automatically try to fit the type of data that MapInfo believes is contained within the column and the largest value of that classification found within that column. This means that the classifications and field sizes of some attributes may not match the field types and sizes stated in the Technical Specification. The following instructions outline how to change these columns to match those values:

  • Select File > Save Copy As… and select the AddressBase table that was loaded. Select Save As… and name the table to be created, then click Save.

  • Open the table that was just created via File > Open. Navigate to and select the copy of the table you just named. Click Open.

  • Navigate to Table > Maintenance > Table Structure and select the table to be edited. Click OK.

  • Here you can change the Type and Width of each attribute to match the ones stated in the technical specification:

    • AddressBase technical specification

    • AddressBase Plus technical specification

    • AddressBase Plus Islands technical specification

  • Type and Width should be changed for all attributes, apart from the following (due to software-specific dependencies):

    • UPRN should be classified as Float.

    • All attributes that have a Field Type of Date in the technical specification should be classified as Character with a length of 10.

  • After all changes have been made, click OK.

  • To create a map of the location of the AddressBase records, they need to be geocoded:

    • Ensure the table of AddressBase records that you wish to geocode is open, then navigate to Table > Create Points.

    • Select the table you wish to geocode from the Create Points for Table dropdown menu.

    • Expand the Get X Coordinates from Column dropdown menu and select either X_Coordinate or Longitude.

    • Expand the Get Y Coordinates from Column dropdown menu and select either Y_Coordinate or Latitude.

    • Click on the Projection icon, then select the British Coordinate Systems option from the Category dropdown menu. Select the British National Grid [EPSG: 27700], or if you selected Longitude and Latitude in the steps above, select ETRS89 [EPSG: 4258].

    • Click OK to close that window and OK again to close the next window.

    • Finally, click Window > New Map Window to view the loaded geocoded points.

  • British National Grid. Note - Check this is set for both Default CRS for new projects and the CRS for new layers sections. If these are not already set, click Select at the end of each section and type 27700 into the Filter Box to find and select British National Grid. Alternatively, if you intend to use Latitude and Longitude columns, select ETRS89 [EPSG: 4258].
    QGIS Options | CRS dialog
  • Click OK.

  • Back in the QGIS UI, go to Layer and select Add Delimited Text Layer.

  • Click Browse next to the filename and locate the CSV file that was created in Preparing the CSV data, containing the merged header files and AddressBase data.

  • Select the CSV file and click Open.

  • Accept the default or create a new layer name for the dataset.

  • Ensure that the First record has field names box is ticked.

  • For Field Options, select Decimal separator is comma.

  • For Geometry Definition, select Point Coordinates.

  • You should now be able to select the X_Coordinate field for the X Field dropdown and the Y_Coordinate field for the Y Field dropdown if this was not done automatically. Alternatively, if you wish to use the Latitude and Longitude columns, the Longitude column needs to be inserted into the X_COORDINATE field, and the Latitude column needs to be inserted into the Y_COORDINATE field.

  • Click OK.

  • Check that there are no carriage returns (extra rows) at the end of the CSV output file as this will result in errors. To do this, open the CSV file and hit End on your keyboard. Your cursor should now be at the end of the last line, and not on any extra line below. If it is on the line below, hit Delete to remove the extra empty row.

  • Open the PGAdmin tool (this can be found in Windows Start Menu > PostGreSQL).

  • Either connect to an existing database or create a new database. It is recommended that the encoding is set to UTF-8.

  • Open the public schema (although in a production environment, it is advised to use a different schema) and create the tables using the following steps:

    • Open the SQL query tool.

    • Depending on the data to be loaded, download the SQL file from either the AddressBase or AddressBase_Plus_and_Island folder on: https://github.com/OrdnanceSurvey/AddressBase/tree/master/Loading_Scripts/PostgreSQL.

    • This SQL file can be opened in a text editor, and the SQL scripts within it can be copied and pasted into the SQL query tool within PostGreSQL.

  • Once the table has been created, the data can be loaded into each table using the SQL COPY. Adding the CSV option as the first line contains a header record for each table. Please note that the examples below are for AddressBase, then AddressBase Plus and AddressBase Plus Islands, respectively. The path and filename may need to be changed to reflect your data set-up: COPY addressbase FROM 'C:/Address/AddressBase.csv' DELIMITER ', ' CSV HEADER; COPY addressbase_plus FROM 'C:/Address/AddressBase_Plus.csv' DELIMITER ', ' CSV HEADER; COPY addressbase_plus_islands FROM 'C:/Address/AddressBase_Plus_Islands.csv' DELIMITER ', ' CSV HEADER;

    1. Once loaded, you may want to add Primary Keys to the data. However, these can only be added on columns where the data values are unique. Where there are no unique data values, an index may be added which will aid searching. The UPRN provides the only unique value in AddressBase and AddressBase Plus. Primary Keys are added using the following steps:

    • Right-click on the table name and select Properties.

    • Select the Constraints tab.

    • Click the + to add a new primary key.

    • Click the edit icon .

    • Enter a name to call the key under the general tab (for example, Key1).

    • Under the definition tab, select UPRN or any other unique value from the dropdown under columns.

    1. Click Save.

    1. You can also index the data by following these steps:

    • Right-click on the table name and select Create > Index.

    • Under general, enter a name (for example, Idx1).

    • Under the definition tab > Columns, click the +.

    • Select the UPRN for example, or any other unique value.

    • Click Save.

    Converting coordinates to geometry

    A PostGIS extension is required to create geometries. The AddressBase products contain both British National Grid (BNG) and ETRS89 coordinates. The SQL below shows how to create a column for BNG, but it can be altered to utilise the ETRS89 data.

    1. Add a geometry column called geom to make the data usable in a GIS: SELECT AddGeometryColumn ('public', 'addressbase_plus', 'geom', 27700, 'POINT', 2);

    2. Load the data into your new geometry column: UPDATE public.addressbase_plus SET geom = ST_GeomFromText('POINT(' || x_coordinate || ' ' || y_coordinate || ') ', 27700); This sets the geom column in the table to equal the values from the X_coordinate and Y_coordinate columns, with the spatial reference defined as 27700.

    3. Create a spatial index on the data using: CREATE INDEX idx_abp_geom ON public.addressbase_plus USING gist(geom); This adds the index name idx_abp_geom to the same table on the geom column.

  • Once the data is copied, the next stage is to unzip the *.zip files to *.csv. This can be done using a package such as Winzip or 7Zip. Please see the data supply page for more information.

  • With all the files unzipped, the latter stages are easier if you create a list of all the CSV files to be loaded. This can be done using a batch file that writes all the files out to a text file: dir *.csv /b/s >filelisting.txt pause This file will form the basis for loading the control file in a later step.

  • Go to the OS GitHub repository: https://github.com/OrdnanceSurvey/AddressBase/tree/master/Loading_Scripts/Oracle.

  • Open the folder of your chosen product and you should see three files. Open the file ending createtable.sql in a text editor.

  • Within the provided SQL there are references to <TablespaceName>, which need to be changed to the tablespace that is being worked in. When these are changed, copy and paste the SQL into Oracle to create the tables.

  • Next, create a SQLLDR control file. An example of one of these files is Oracle AddressBase_Control.ctl, which is provided in the folder of the GitHub repository in Step 4 above. Open the SQLLDR control file for your chosen product in a text editor.

  • Within the file you will see lines referencing INFILE. Populate these INFILE lines with the file listing created in Step 3, with one INFLE command for each file. This tells the process to open each of the files and carry out the other tasks listed below it. Note – The last section of the control file creates the Geometry for the X and Y coordinate (British National Grid) if you want to create a Geometry for the Latitude and Longitude values, this will need to be created separately.

  • Once this file is created, it can be called from a .bat file to run it on the box that holds the database rather than a remote machine. If you wish to run it from a remote machine, contact your Oracle Administrator who will be able to advise on the best way to do this within your environment. The contents of the .bat file should be similar to the following: @sqlldr <username>/<password>@<service name> control= <name of ctl file created previously> Pause

  • Once the load has completed the relevant indexes need to be built. The SQL statements to create the indexes can be found in the same GitHub repository linked in Step 4 above. As before, you can copy and paste the SQL statements from a text editor into Oracle to create the indexes. The example table name provided may be different to yours, so check if this needs to be changed before use.

  • Right-click on the database you are loading into and select Properties.
  • Select Options on the left-hand side.

  • Expand the dropdown box for Recovery Model and select Bulk-logged. This minimises the logfile size, otherwise the default logging for Microsoft SQL Server can cause logfiles to grow over 20Gb and this can cause issues with loading.

    SQL Server Database Properties dialog
  • Open the SQL Server Management Studio (SSMS) and right-click your database from the left-hand panel.

  • Navigate to Tasks and click Import Data. This will open the SQL Server Import and Export Wizard.

  • Click Next.

  • On the next screen, change your Data Source to Flat File Source.

  • Use the Browse button to navigate to your CSV file and select it. If you cannot see your files, ensure that the bottom right dropdown box has CSV files (*.csv) selected.

  • Click Open.

  • Your CSV file should have a header row already prepared in Preparing the CSV data. Ensure the Column names in the first data row is ticked.

  • Check that the Text Qualifier is set to a double quote (“). This is to make sure that the quotations in the raw data supply are removed upon loading but that the data remains intact.

  • On the left-hand side of this screen, select Columns and check that the Column delimiter is set to Comma.

  • On the left-hand side of the screen, select Advanced.

  • For each column of data you are loading, you will need to specify a DataType. The Microsoft SQL Server loader defaults each column to a String. The correct Data Type for each column is given in the technical specification:

    • AddressBase technical specification

    • AddressBase Plus technical specification

  • Once you have changed the Data Types for each column to match those given in the technical specification, click Next.

  • Check that your table is going to be imported into the correct database and click Next.

  • On this screen, you can edit the default table name that Microsoft SQL Server has chosen by clicking in the destination box. For example, for AddressBase Plus renaming to [dbo].[ADDRESSBASE_PLUS].

  • Select Edit Mappings in the bottom right-hand corner.

  • In the new window, you must remove the tick in the checkbox against the UPRN column, which needs to be the Primary Key of the table. Click OK once the Primary Key alterations have been completed.

  • Click Next. On this screen, you can check that the Source column and Destination columns are correct.

  • Click Next. A summary of your import will display. If you want to continue, click Finish.

  • A report will be generated as your data is imported. Success should appear at the top once complete.

  • You may need to right-click on your database and click Refresh to see your new table listed.

  • Setting Primary Keys

    To create a Primary Key field, you can run an SQL statement, such as this example for AddressBase Plus below. Note - the columns you are creating these constraints on cannot be null or allowed to be null.

    Creating the point geometry

    You can also create point geometry using the X and Y coordinates or the Latitude and Longitude coordinate values. This is achieved by running the following SQL statement:

    Note – This is using British National Grid coordinates, with 27700 representing the spatial reference of the data. To use the Latitude and Longitude coordinate, the spatial reference should be set to 4258 for ETRS89.

    AddressBase Header files
    AddressBase Plus Header files
    Merging multiple CSV files
    Preparing the CSV data
    contact Ordnance Survey.
    Preparing the CSV data
    Preparing the CSV data
    Preparing the CSV data
    Preparing the CSV data
    Preparing the CSV data
    Preparing the CSV data
    alter table dbo.ADDRESSBASE_PLUS add primary key ([UPRN]);
    alter table dbo.ADDRESSBASE_PLUS
    add geometry_column as geometry::Point([X_Coordinate],[Y_Coordinate], 27700); 
    AddressBase Plus Islands technical specification
    ArcGIS Pro UI showing Geoprocessing window showing XY Table To Point parameters
    ArcGIS Pro UI showing Geoprocessing window showing XY Table To Point parameters
    ArcGIS Pro Select a folder dialog
    ArcGIS Pro Create a New Project dialog
    ArcGIS Pro UI showing backdrop map
    ArcGIS Pro UI showing File Geodatabase Catalog pane
    ArcGIS Pro UI showing Geoprocessing window
    ArcGIS Pro Input Rows dialog
    ArcGIS Pro UI showing Geoprocessing window
    ArcGIS Pro UI showing new table in Geoprocessing window
    ArcGIS Pro UI showing Contents pane
    QGIS Options | CRS dialog
    SQL Server Database Properties dialog
    ArcMap Saving Data dialog

    The AB_Core data now displays against the chosen mapping backdrop. You can now interrogate the data using the tools available in MapInfo Professional.

    MapInfo Professional
    Click the + (plus) symbol to add a new primary key.
  • Click the edit icon.

  • Enter a name for the key under the General tab (for example, Key1).

  • Under the Definition tab, select UPRN or any other unique value from the dropdown under Columns.

  • Click Save.

  • To index the data:

    • Right-click on the table name and select Create > Index.

    • Under the General tab, enter a name (for example, Idx1).

    • Under Definition > Columns, click the + (plus) symbol.

    • Select the UPRN, for example, or any other unique value.

    • Click Save.

    COPY <table_name> FROM 'C:\Address\AddressBaseCore_FULL_2020-05-25_001.csv ' DELIMITER ',' CSV HEADER;
    CREATE INDEX <index_name> ON <schema_name>. <table_name> USING gist(geom)
    https://github.com/OrdnanceSurvey/AddressBase/tree/master/Loading_Scripts/PostgreSQL.
    ArcGIS Pro Geoprocessing window
    ArcGIS Pro Geoprocessing window
    ArcGIS Pro Geoprocessing window
    ArcGIS Pro Geoprocessing window
    ArcGIS Pro UI showing AdressBase Core data in the left pane and Map area
    ArcGIS Pro UI showing AdressBase Core data in the left pane and Map area
    ArcMap Table to Table dialog
    ArcMap Table to Table dialog
    ArcMap Spatial Reference Properties dialog
    ArcMap Spatial Reference Properties dialog
    ArcCatalog showing new feature class
    ArcCatalog showing new feature class
    ArcMap Add Data dialog
    ArcMap Add Data dialog
    ArcMap UI showing AddressBase Core data in map area
    ArcMap UI showing AddressBase Core data in map area
    QGIS Data Source Manager | Delimited Text window
    QGIS Data Source Manager | Delimited Text window
    MapInfo Professional Open dialog
    MapInfo Professional Open dialog
     MapInfo Professional Comma Delimited CSV Information dialog
    MapInfo Professional Comma Delimited CSV Information dialog
     MapInfo Professional Create Points dialog
    MapInfo Professional Create Points dialog
    CadCorp Database Types dialog
    CadCorp Database Types dialog
    CadCorp File Browser dialog
    CadCorp File Browser dialog
    CadCorp Database file dialog
    CadCorp Database file dialog
    CadCorp File format dialog
    CadCorp File format dialog
    CadCorp Database columns dialog
    CadCorp Database columns dialog
    CadCorp Recordset dialog
    CadCorp Recordset dialog
    CadCorp View Points dialog
    CadCorp View Points dialog
    CadCorp View Points dialog
    CadCorp View Points dialog
    CadCorp View Points dialog
    CadCorp View Points dialog
    CadCorp Overlays dialog
    CadCorp Overlays dialog
    CadCorp UI showing AddressBase Core data in the Map area
    CadCorp UI showing AddressBase Core data in the Map area
    ArcGIS Pro UI showing AddressBase_Core.gbd in the Catalog pane
    ArcGIS Pro showing Standalone Tables in the left pane
    ArcGIS Pro showing standalone tables in new browsing window
    ArcCatalog showing new file geodatabase
    ArcCatalog showing new table added to the file geodatabase
    ArcMap Create Feature Class From XY Table dialog
    ArcMap UI showing backdrop map
    Arcmap Add Data button
    QGIS UI showing OS Maps API light background as a contextual map
    QGIS EPSG 27700 (British National Grid) coordinate reference system option
    QGIS Add Delimited Text Layer option in left side toolbar
    QGIS UI showing AddressBase Core data on the background map
    Layer Properties window showing Create Spatial Index option
     MapInfo Professional UI showing OS Maps API light backdrop map
     MapInfo Professional UI showing Table tab
     MapInfo Professional showing AB_Core table
    MapInfo Professional UI showing Spatial > Create Points option
    CadCorp UI highlighting Add Overlay button
    CadCorp Overlay Types dialog
    CadCorp Tile Dataset dialog
    CadCorp UI highlighting Add Overlay button and displaying backdrop map
    CadCorp Overlay Types dialog
    CadCorp UI highlighting AB_Core entry in Maps panel
    MapInfo Professional Open dialog
    ArcMap Saving Data dialog
     MapInfo Professional Open dialog

    AddressBase local custodian codes

    The following page details the current local custodian codes of all local custodians contributing to the AddressBase products.

    Local custodian code download

    Local custodian code data is available to download in CSV format in the following zip file.

    630KB
    addressbase-local-custodian-codes.zip
    archive

    Local custodian code table

    Local Custodian Code
    Local Custodian Name
    Local Custodian Type
    Submits Address data
    Submits Street data
    Local Custodian Code
    Local Custodian Name
    Local Custodian Type
    Submits Address data
    Submits Street data
    Local Custodian Code
    Local Custodian Name
    Local Custodian Type
    Submits Address data
    Submits Street data
    Local Custodian Code
    Local Custodian Name
    Local Custodian Type
    Submits Address data
    Submits Street data
    Local Custodian Code
    Local Custodian Name
    Local Custodian Type
    Submits Address data
    Submits Street data
    Local Custodian Code
    Local Custodian Name
    Local Custodian Type
    Submits Address data
    Submits Street data

    Y

    Y

    121

    NORTH SOMERSET COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    230

    LUTON BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    235

    BEDFORD BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    240

    CENTRAL BEDFORDSHIRE COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    335

    BRACKNELL FOREST COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    340

    WEST BERKSHIRE COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    345

    READING BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    350

    SLOUGH BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    355

    ROYAL BOROUGH OF WINDSOR AND MAIDENHEAD

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    360

    WOKINGHAM BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    435

    MILTON KEYNES CITY COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    440

    BUCKINGHAMSHIRE COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    505

    CAMBRIDGE CITY COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    510

    EAST CAMBRIDGESHIRE DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    515

    FENLAND DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    520

    HUNTINGDONSHIRE DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    530

    SOUTH CAMBRIDGESHIRE DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    535

    CAMBRIDGESHIRE COUNTY COUNCIL

    English County

    N

    Y

    540

    PETERBOROUGH CITY COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    650

    HALTON BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    655

    WARRINGTON BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    660

    CHESHIRE EAST COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    665

    CHESHIRE WEST AND CHESTER COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    724

    HARTLEPOOL BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    728

    REDCAR AND CLEVELAND BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    734

    MIDDLESBROUGH BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    738

    STOCKTON-ON-TEES BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    835

    COUNCIL OF THE ISLES OF SCILLY

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    840

    CORNWALL COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    935

    WESTMORLAND AND FURNESS COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    940

    CUMBERLAND COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    1005

    AMBER VALLEY BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1010

    BOLSOVER DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1015

    CHESTERFIELD BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1025

    EREWASH BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1030

    HIGH PEAK BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1035

    NORTH EAST DERBYSHIRE DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1040

    SOUTH DERBYSHIRE DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1045

    DERBYSHIRE DALES DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1050

    DERBYSHIRE COUNTY COUNCIL

    English County

    N

    Y

    1055

    DERBY CITY COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    1105

    EAST DEVON DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1110

    EXETER CITY COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1115

    NORTH DEVON DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1125

    SOUTH HAMS DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1130

    TEIGNBRIDGE DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1135

    MID DEVON DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1145

    TORRIDGE DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1150

    WEST DEVON BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1155

    DEVON COUNTY COUNCIL

    English County

    N

    Y

    1160

    PLYMOUTH CITY COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    1165

    TORBAY COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    1260

    BOURNEMOUTH, CHRISTCHURCH AND POOLE COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    1265

    DORSET COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    1350

    DARLINGTON BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    1355

    DURHAM COUNTY COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    1410

    EASTBOURNE BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1415

    HASTINGS BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1425

    LEWES DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1430

    ROTHER DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1435

    WEALDEN DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1440

    EAST SUSSEX COUNTY COUNCIL

    English County

    N

    Y

    1445

    BRIGHTON & HOVE CITY COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    1505

    BASILDON BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1510

    BRAINTREE DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1515

    BRENTWOOD BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1520

    CASTLE POINT BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1525

    CHELMSFORD CITY COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1530

    COLCHESTER CITY COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1545

    MALDON DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1550

    ROCHFORD DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1560

    TENDRING DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1570

    UTTLESFORD DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1585

    ESSEX COUNTY COUNCIL

    English County

    N

    Y

    1590

    SOUTHEND-ON-SEA CITY COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    1595

    THURROCK COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    1600

    GLOUCESTERSHIRE COUNTY COUNCIL

    English County

    N

    Y

    1605

    CHELTENHAM BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1610

    COTSWOLD DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1615

    FOREST OF DEAN DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1620

    GLOUCESTER CITY COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1625

    STROUD DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1630

    TEWKESBURY BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1705

    BASINGSTOKE AND DEANE BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1710

    EAST HAMPSHIRE DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1715

    EASTLEIGH BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1720

    FAREHAM BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1725

    GOSPORT BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1730

    HART DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1735

    HAVANT BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1740

    NEW FOREST DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1750

    RUSHMOOR BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1760

    TEST VALLEY BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1765

    WINCHESTER CITY COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1770

    HAMPSHIRE COUNTY COUNCIL

    English County

    N

    Y

    1775

    PORTSMOUTH CITY COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    1780

    SOUTHAMPTON CITY COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    1805

    BROMSGROVE DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1820

    MALVERN HILLS DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1825

    REDDITCH BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1835

    WORCESTER CITY COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1840

    WYCHAVON DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1845

    WYRE FOREST DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1850

    HEREFORDSHIRE COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    1855

    WORCESTERSHIRE COUNTY COUNCIL

    English County

    N

    Y

    1900

    HERTFORDSHIRE COUNTY COUNCIL

    English County

    N

    Y

    1905

    BROXBOURNE BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1910

    DACORUM BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1915

    EAST HERTFORDSHIRE DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1920

    HERTSMERE BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1925

    NORTH HERTFORDSHIRE DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1930

    ST ALBANS CITY AND DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1935

    STEVENAGE BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1940

    THREE RIVERS DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1945

    WATFORD BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1950

    WELWYN HATFIELD BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2001

    EAST RIDING OF YORKSHIRE COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    2002

    NORTH EAST LINCOLNSHIRE COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    2003

    NORTH LINCOLNSHIRE COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    2004

    HULL CITY COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    2114

    ISLE OF WIGHT COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    2205

    ASHFORD BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2210

    CANTERBURY CITY COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2215

    DARTFORD BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2220

    DOVER DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2230

    GRAVESHAM BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2235

    MAIDSTONE BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2245

    SEVENOAKS DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2250

    FOLKESTONE & HYTHE DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2255

    SWALE BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2260

    THANET DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2265

    TONBRIDGE & MALLING BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2270

    TUNBRIDGE WELLS BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2275

    KENT COUNTY COUNCIL

    English County

    N

    Y

    2280

    MEDWAY COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    2315

    BURNLEY BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2320

    CHORLEY BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2325

    FYLDE BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2330

    HYNDBURN BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2345

    PRESTON CITY COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2350

    RIBBLE VALLEY BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2355

    ROSSENDALE BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2360

    SOUTH RIBBLE BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2365

    WEST LANCASHIRE BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2370

    WYRE BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2371

    LANCASHIRE COUNTY COUNCIL

    English County

    N

    Y

    2372

    BLACKBURN WITH DARWEN BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    2373

    BLACKPOOL BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    2405

    BLABY DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2410

    CHARNWOOD BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2415

    HARBOROUGH DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2420

    HINCKLEY & BOSWORTH BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2430

    MELTON BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2435

    NORTH WEST LEICESTERSHIRE DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2440

    OADBY AND WIGSTON BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2460

    LEICESTERSHIRE COUNTY COUNCIL

    English County

    N

    Y

    2465

    LEICESTER CITY COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    2470

    RUTLAND COUNTY COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    2500

    LINCOLNSHIRE COUNTY COUNCIL

    English County

    N

    Y

    2505

    BOSTON BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2510

    EAST LINDSEY DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2515

    CITY OF LINCOLN COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2520

    NORTH KESTEVEN DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2525

    SOUTH HOLLAND DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2530

    SOUTH KESTEVEN DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2535

    WEST LINDSEY DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2600

    NORFOLK COUNTY COUNCIL

    English County

    N

    Y

    2605

    BRECKLAND DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2610

    BROADLAND DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2615

    GREAT YARMOUTH BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2620

    NORTH NORFOLK DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2625

    NORWICH CITY COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2630

    SOUTH NORFOLK DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2635

    BOROUGH OF KING'S LYNN AND WEST NORFOLK

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2741

    CITY OF YORK COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    2745

    NORTH YORKSHIRE COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    2840

    NORTH NORTHAMPTONSHIRE COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    2845

    WEST NORTHAMPTONSHIRE COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    2935

    NORTHUMBERLAND COUNTY COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    3005

    ASHFIELD DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3010

    BASSETLAW DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3015

    BROXTOWE BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3020

    GEDLING BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3025

    MANSFIELD DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3030

    NEWARK & SHERWOOD DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3040

    RUSHCLIFFE BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3055

    NOTTINGHAMSHIRE COUNTY COUNCIL

    English County

    N

    Y

    3060

    NOTTINGHAM CITY COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    3100

    OXFORDSHIRE COUNTY COUNCIL

    English County

    N

    Y

    3105

    CHERWELL DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3110

    OXFORD CITY COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3115

    SOUTH OXFORDSHIRE DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3120

    VALE OF WHITE HORSE DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3125

    WEST OXFORDSHIRE DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3240

    TELFORD & WREKIN COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    3245

    SHROPSHIRE COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    3300

    SOMERSET COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    3405

    CANNOCK CHASE DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3410

    EAST STAFFORDSHIRE BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3415

    LICHFIELD DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3420

    NEWCASTLE-UNDER-LYME BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3425

    STAFFORD BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3430

    SOUTH STAFFORDSHIRE COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3435

    STAFFORDSHIRE MOORLANDS DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3445

    TAMWORTH BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3450

    STAFFORDSHIRE COUNTY COUNCIL

    English County

    N

    Y

    3455

    STOKE-ON-TRENT CITY COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    3500

    SUFFOLK COUNTY COUNCIL

    English County

    N

    Y

    3520

    MID SUFFOLK DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3540

    EAST SUFFOLK COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3545

    WEST SUFFOLK COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3600

    SURREY COUNTY COUNCIL

    English County

    N

    Y

    3605

    ELMBRIDGE BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3610

    EPSOM AND EWELL BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3615

    GUILDFORD BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3620

    MOLE VALLEY DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3625

    REIGATE AND BANSTEAD BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3630

    RUNNYMEDE BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3635

    SPELTHORNE BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3640

    SURREY HEATH BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3645

    TANDRIDGE DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3650

    WAVERLEY BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3655

    WOKING BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3700

    WARWICKSHIRE COUNTY COUNCIL

    English County

    N

    Y

    3705

    NORTH WARWICKSHIRE BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3710

    NUNEATON AND BEDWORTH BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3715

    RUGBY BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3720

    STRATFORD-ON-AVON DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3725

    WARWICK DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3800

    WEST SUSSEX COUNTY COUNCIL

    English County

    N

    Y

    3805

    ADUR DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3810

    ARUN DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3815

    CHICHESTER DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3820

    CRAWLEY BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3825

    HORSHAM DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3830

    MID SUSSEX DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3835

    WORTHING BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3935

    SWINDON BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    3940

    WILTSHIRE COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4205

    BOLTON METROPOLITAN BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4210

    BURY METROPOLITAN BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4215

    MANCHESTER CITY COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4220

    OLDHAM METROPOLITAN BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4225

    ROCHDALE BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4230

    SALFORD CITY COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4235

    STOCKPORT METROPOLITAN BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4240

    TAMESIDE METROPOLITAN BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4245

    TRAFFORD METROPOLITAN BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4250

    WIGAN METROPOLITAN BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4305

    KNOWSLEY METROPOLITAN BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4310

    LIVERPOOL CITY COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4315

    ST. HELENS COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4320

    SEFTON METROPOLITAN BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4325

    WIRRAL BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4405

    BARNSLEY METROPOLITAN BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4410

    CITY OF DONCASTER COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4415

    ROTHERHAM METROPOLITAN BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4420

    SHEFFIELD CITY COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4505

    GATESHEAD METROPOLITAN BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4510

    NEWCASTLE CITY COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4515

    NORTH TYNESIDE COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4520

    SOUTH TYNESIDE COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4525

    SUNDERLAND CITY COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4605

    BIRMINGHAM CITY COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4610

    COVENTRY CITY COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4615

    DUDLEY METROPOLITAN BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4620

    SANDWELL METROPOLITAN BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4625

    SOLIHULL METROPOLITAN BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4630

    WALSALL METROPOLITAN BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4635

    CITY OF WOLVERHAMPTON COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4705

    CITY OF BRADFORD METROPOLITAN DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4710

    CALDERDALE METROPOLITAN BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4715

    KIRKLEES COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4720

    LEEDS CITY COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    4725

    CITY OF WAKEFIELD METROPOLITAN DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5090

    LONDON BOROUGH OF BARNET

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5120

    LONDON BOROUGH OF BEXLEY

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5150

    LONDON BOROUGH OF BRENT

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5180

    LONDON BOROUGH OF BROMLEY

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5210

    LONDON BOROUGH OF CAMDEN

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5240

    LONDON BOROUGH OF CROYDON

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5270

    LONDON BOROUGH OF EALING

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5300

    LONDON BOROUGH OF ENFIELD

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5330

    ROYAL BOROUGH OF GREENWICH

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5360

    LONDON BOROUGH OF HACKNEY

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5390

    LONDON BOROUGH OF HAMMERSMITH & FULHAM

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5420

    LONDON BOROUGH OF HARINGEY

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5450

    LONDON BOROUGH OF HARROW

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5480

    LONDON BOROUGH OF HAVERING

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5510

    LONDON BOROUGH OF HILLINGDON

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5540

    LONDON BOROUGH OF HOUNSLOW

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5570

    LONDON BOROUGH OF ISLINGTON

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5600

    ROYAL BOROUGH OF KENSINGTON AND CHELSEA

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5630

    ROYAL BOROUGH OF KINGSTON UPON THAMES

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5660

    LONDON BOROUGH OF LAMBETH

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5690

    LONDON BOROUGH OF LEWISHAM

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5720

    LONDON BOROUGH OF MERTON

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5750

    LONDON BOROUGH OF NEWHAM

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5780

    LONDON BOROUGH OF REDBRIDGE

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5810

    LONDON BOROUGH OF RICHMOND UPON THAMES

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5840

    LONDON BOROUGH OF SOUTHWARK

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5870

    LONDON BOROUGH OF SUTTON

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5900

    LONDON BOROUGH OF TOWER HAMLETS

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5930

    LONDON BOROUGH OF WALTHAM FOREST

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5960

    LONDON BOROUGH OF WANDSWORTH

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5990

    CITY OF WESTMINSTER

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    6805

    ISLE OF ANGLESEY COUNTY COUNCIL

    Welsh Unitary

    Y

    Y

    6810

    GWYNEDD COUNCIL

    Welsh Unitary

    Y

    Y

    6815

    CITY OF CARDIFF COUNCIL

    Welsh Unitary

    Y

    Y

    6820

    CEREDIGION COUNTY COUNCIL

    Welsh Unitary

    Y

    Y

    6825

    CARMARTHENSHIRE COUNTY COUNCIL

    Welsh Unitary

    Y

    Y

    6830

    DENBIGHSHIRE COUNTY COUNCIL

    Welsh Unitary

    Y

    Y

    6835

    FLINTSHIRE COUNTY COUNCIL

    Welsh Unitary

    Y

    Y

    6840

    MONMOUTHSHIRE COUNTY COUNCIL

    Welsh Unitary

    Y

    Y

    6845

    PEMBROKESHIRE COUNTY COUNCIL

    Welsh Unitary

    Y

    Y

    6850

    POWYS COUNTY COUNCIL

    Welsh Unitary

    Y

    Y

    6855

    CITY AND COUNTY OF SWANSEA COUNCIL

    Welsh Unitary

    Y

    Y

    6905

    CONWY COUNTY BOROUGH COUNCIL

    Welsh Unitary

    Y

    Y

    6910

    BLAENAU GWENT COUNTY BOROUGH COUNCIL

    Welsh Unitary

    Y

    Y

    6915

    BRIDGEND COUNTY BOROUGH COUNCIL

    Welsh Unitary

    Y

    Y

    6920

    CAERPHILLY COUNTY BOROUGH COUNCIL

    Welsh Unitary

    Y

    Y

    6925

    MERTHYR TYDFIL COUNTY BOROUGH COUNCIL

    Welsh Unitary

    Y

    Y

    6930

    NEATH PORT TALBOT COUNTY BOROUGH COUNCIL

    Welsh Unitary

    Y

    Y

    6935

    NEWPORT CITY COUNCIL

    Welsh Unitary

    Y

    Y

    6940

    RHONDDA CYNON TAF COUNTY BOROUGH COUNCIL

    Welsh Unitary

    Y

    Y

    6945

    TORFAEN COUNTY BOROUGH COUNCIL

    Welsh Unitary

    Y

    Y

    6950

    VALE OF GLAMORGAN COUNCIL

    Welsh Unitary

    Y

    Y

    6955

    WREXHAM COUNTY BOROUGH COUNCIL

    Welsh Unitary

    Y

    Y

    8130

    ANTRIM AND NEWTOWNABBEY

    Islands

    Y

    N

    8131

    ARMAGH BANBRIDGE AND CRAIGAVON

    Islands

    Y

    N

    8132

    BELFAST

    Islands

    Y

    N

    8133

    CAUSEWAY COAST AND GLENS

    Islands

    Y

    N

    8134

    DERRY AND STRABANE

    Islands

    Y

    N

    8135

    FERMANAGH AND OMAGH

    Islands

    Y

    N

    8136

    LISBURN AND CASTLEREAGH

    Islands

    Y

    N

    8137

    MID AND EAST ANTRIM

    Islands

    Y

    N

    8138

    MID ULSTER

    Islands

    Y

    N

    8139

    NEWRY MOURNE AND DOWN

    Islands

    Y

    N

    8140

    NORTH DOWN AND ARDS

    Islands

    Y

    N

    8200

    JERSEY

    Islands

    Y

    N

    8205

    GUERNSEY

    Islands

    Y

    N

    9000

    ORKNEY ISLANDS COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9010

    SHETLAND ISLANDS COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9020

    WESTERN ISLES COUNCIL (COMHAIRLE NAN EILEAN SIAR)

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9051

    ABERDEEN CITY COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9054

    ARGYLL & BUTE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9055

    SCOTTISH BORDERS COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9056

    CLACKMANNANSHIRE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9057

    WEST DUNBARTONSHIRE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9058

    DUMFRIES AND GALLOWAY COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9059

    DUNDEE CITY COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9060

    EAST AYRSHIRE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9061

    EAST DUNBARTONSHIRE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9062

    EAST LOTHIAN COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9063

    EAST RENFREWSHIRE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9064

    CITY OF EDINBURGH COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9065

    FALKIRK COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9066

    FIFE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9067

    GLASGOW CITY COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9068

    HIGHLAND COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9069

    INVERCLYDE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9070

    MIDLOTHIAN COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9071

    MORAY COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9072

    NORTH AYRSHIRE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9073

    NORTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9074

    PERTH & KINROSS COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9075

    RENFREWSHIRE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9076

    SOUTH AYRSHIRE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9077

    SOUTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9078

    STIRLING COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9079

    WEST LOTHIAN COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9065

    FALKIRK COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    STREET_SUBMITTER_FLAG

    9066

    FIFE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9067

    GLASGOW CITY COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    Y

    9068

    HIGHLAND COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    Y

    9069

    INVERCLYDE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    Y

    9070

    MIDLOTHIAN COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    Y

    9071

    MORAY COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    Y

    9072

    NORTH AYRSHIRE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    Y

    9073

    NORTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    Y

    9074

    PERTH & KINROSS COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    Y

    9075

    RENFREWSHIRE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    Y

    9076

    SOUTH AYRSHIRE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    Y

    9077

    SOUTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    Y

    9078

    STIRLING COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    Y

    9079

    WEST LOTHIAN COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    Y

    9065

    FALKIRK COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    Y

    9066

    FIFE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    Y

    9067

    GLASGOW CITY COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9068

    HIGHLAND COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9069

    INVERCLYDE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9070

    MIDLOTHIAN COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9071

    MORAY COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9072

    NORTH AYRSHIRE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    N

    Y

    9073

    NORTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    Y

    9074

    PERTH & KINROSS COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    Y

    9075

    RENFREWSHIRE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    Y

    9076

    SOUTH AYRSHIRE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    Y

    9077

    SOUTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    Y

    9078

    STIRLING COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    Y

    9079

    WEST LOTHIAN COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    Y

    9076

    SOUTH AYRSHIRE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    Y

    9077

    SOUTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    Y

    9078

    STIRLING COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    Y

    9079

    WEST LOTHIAN COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    Y

    28

    ISLE OF MAN

    Islands

    Y

    N

    114

    BATH AND NORTH EAST SOMERSET COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    116

    BRISTOL CITY COUNCIL

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    119

    SOUTH GLOUCESTERSHIRE COUNCIL

    1535

    EPPING FOREST DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    1540

    HARLOW DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    2335

    LANCASTER CITY COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    2340

    PENDLE BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    3505

    BABERGH DISTRICT COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    N

    3515

    IPSWICH BOROUGH COUNCIL

    English Shire District

    Y

    5030

    CITY OF LONDON CORPORATION

    English Unitary

    Y

    Y

    5060

    LONDON BOROUGH OF BARKING AND DAGENHAM

    English Unitary

    Y

    9052

    ABERDEENSHIRE COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    N

    9053

    ANGUS COUNCIL

    Scottish Unitary

    Y

    English Unitary

    N

    N

    N

    Y

    N